artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 1,000 records of 1,000 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 142,251 – 143,250 of 1,000

Graham Harold John 1858-1929view full entry
Reference: see National Library of Australia catalogue for various works including: H.J. Graham's sketchbook of scenes in Australia, Diego Garcia, Italy and Switzerland, 1884-1886.
Angus Max 1914-2017view full entry
Reference: Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995view full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Dechaineaux Lucien 1869-1957 some biographical informationview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Eldershaw John 1892-1973 some biographical informationview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Connor Joseph 1875-1954 some biographical informationview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Buckie Harrie 1897-1982 some biographical informationview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Cox Roy 1910-1976 some biographical informationview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Kelly Harry 1896-1967 some biographical informationview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Smith Jack Carrington 1980-72 some biographical informationview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Campbell Robert 1902-72 some biographical informationview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
McIntyre Alan mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Fuller Stanley 1905-80 mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Gee J Nixon 1910-77 mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Tyson Geoff mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
McIntyre Jo mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Tyson Hilma b1924 mentioned p7view full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Giles Patricia mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Woods Tony mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Vaughan Elspeth mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Ramsay Greg mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Maxwell Molly mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Buckie Joan mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Lewington Roma mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Salmon Graeme from UK mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Traynor John mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Hiller Christine mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Young Jenny mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Brown Margaret mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Murphy Roger mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Bacon Richard mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Fullerton Fred mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Lazenby Nigel mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Missingham Hal mentionedview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Harrex David some biographical information p15view full entry
Reference: see Watercolours in Tasmania 1895 - 1995 - A painters view of the medium and its history over the past century, by Max Angus. Numerous watercolourists are mentioned with biographical information on some of them.
Publishing details: Max Angus, 1994, quarto, pb, 16pp. No illustrations.
Challis Pamelaview full entry
Reference: No small tempest / Pamela Challis. "In June 1995 a small exhibition of works on paper and an artist's book, based on Chapter 27 of the Acts of the Apostles was presented at Studio One in Kingston, ACT by arrangement with Beaver Galleries, Canberra. The images which are reproduced in this booklet have been selected from that exhibition"--T. p. verso.
Publishing details: [Kingston, A.C.T. : Pamela Challis, 1996, [18] p. : col. ill. ;
Ref: 1000
Naked City Theview full entry
Reference: The naked city : stories of the late '80s / by Simon Blau, John Bursill, Jon Cattapon, David Lorwill, Stewart MacFarlane, Glenn Morgan, Margaret Morgan, Pie Rankine, Steve Smith, Vicki Varvaressos ; curator Margot Osborne.
Catalogue of an exhibition held at the Contemporary Art Centre of South Australia September 28 - October 23, 1988.
Includes bibliography (page 15)

Publishing details: Adelaide : Contempory Art Centre of South Australia, 1988. 15 unnumbered pages, 8 unnumbered leaves of plates : illustrations (some colour) ; 15 x 20 cm.

Ref: 1009
Boyd Bradview full entry
Reference: see Private Collection - Paintings by Brad Boyd, Sale closes 12 January 2022. 30 paintings. Sale Comments
BRAD BOYD

Born: Moonee Ponds, Melbourne, Victoria (1946 -)

A painter in oil, Brad has developed a unique "traditional-impressionist" style.
In his early years, Brad chose a career as a printer, but soon diverted into the sheet metal industry. later he worked as a welder, jig maker and machine setter.
By the age of 20, an artistic urge drew him toward painting and a fascination of portraiture led to a meeting in mid 1970s, of artist and teacher Norma Bull. He attended her night art classes and also spent many hours with her as a painting companion. Later studies were under Vance Knight in Coburg, Victoria.
From 1980-1984, Brad resided in North Eastern New South Wales. His artistic
interpretations of the local district soon gained in popularity, which saw him painting commissions for property owners and tourists on a part time basis. During this period, he also designed pieces of artist's equipment. One of these, "Artist's Case", is now a registered design and another, an "Improved Combination Easel", has a patent applied for.
Returning to Victoria in the late 1980s, Brad's favourite painting venues have
included: outlying areas along the Yarra River, the secluded bushland in the
Dandenong Ranges, pastoral scenes of North Eastern Victoria and the architecture and landscape of inner Melbourne. Most recently, the rugged beauty of the Grampians mountain ranges, has appealed to Brad, and it is here where he has really excelled.

Gardner Rodneyview full entry
Reference: VISION OF A PALAWA - RODNEY GARDNER. With original portraits from
the Baudin voyage of 1802. VISION OF A PALAWA is open from 25 November 2021 until 12 March 2022 at the Allport Library and Museum of Fine Arts, Foyer level, 91 Murray Street, Hobart. ["Rodney Gardner has an intimate knowledge of his Aboriginal family and community and an earnest desire to learn more about his Old People. As one of the few outstanding pakana artists working today he has made his mark in so very many ways. Our community has been awestruck at the quality of his impressionist sketches around Launceston." Heather Sculthorpe, CEO, Tasmanian Aboriginal Centre
"I have been invited to create a body of work in response to the Allport gallery's Baudin voyage collection. This exhibition is a contemporary Aboriginal artist's response to portraits of ancestors created by non-Aboriginal persons as an important part of lutruwita's/Tasmania's history." Gardner, palawa artist, Launceston
"For two centuries the dominant narrative around the Baudin voyage and its published engravings has been through European eyes. For the first time these original drawings have been observed, admired and critiqued by the community they depict. We extend our gratitude to those who have contributed their voices." Caitlin Sutton, Curator, Allport Library and Museum of Fine Arts, Libraries Tasmania
"These sketches are very small windows of the past and in that a connection to ancestral deep time that is now lost but never forgotten. These sketches should be the trigger that begins truth telling, the truths that are yet to be told in their fullest manner. The truths that need to be embodied deep in the modern colonial consciousness." Dean Greeno, trawlwoolway, pakana man, Associate Lecturer at Riawunna, Associate Researcher, CMS Centre of Marine Socioecology & retired aircraft maintenance engineer.”]
Publishing details: Allport Library and Museum of Fine Arts,, 2021, catalogue details to be entered.
Ellis Horace Payneview full entry
Reference: see Raffan Kelaher & Thomas auction catalogue 12 April, 2021, numbers 11-13. An artist associated with the East India Company and working in Sydney, c1838. One work titled Woolloomooloo 1838 lqter appeared at Deutsher & Hackett with extensive essay on the artist by Stephen Scheding and Sarah Staveley.
Publishing details: Raffan Kelaher & Thomas, 2021, 14pp
Ref: 140
Dufour Joseph wallpaperview full entry
Reference: see Millon auction, Paris, France, Friday 11 June, 2021, lot 263:
We thought that we would be grateful to have brought together [......] this multitude of peoples that the immensity of the seas keeps separated from us, so that, without leaving his apartment, and looking around, a studious man [...] will believe himself in the presence of the characters, will compare the text with the painting, will be attached to the differences of forms, to those of costumes, will appreciate the skill of some, the taste of others, will follow the details of the narration [...] in all the brightness of the freshness and the assortment of the nuances.

The Savages of the Pacific Sea, Indian Landscape or Captain Cook's Travels
Joseph Dufour & Cie in Mâcon in 1804-1805 composed after the drawings of Jean-Gabriel Charvet (1750-1829)
Panoramic wallpaper printed on the plate in colors marouflaged on canvas and mounted on frame
Set of eight pieces combining the twenty strips of the series, composing paintings in trompe l'oeil frames.
H: 230 cm. Length 30, 42, 170, 180, and 230 cm. Two panels joined on the same frame of 470 cm long.
Damage and missing parts

Provenance:
Walls of the reception room of the Provençal seigneurial residence, La Blanque, dating from 1776.

The panorama Les Sauvages de la Mer du Pacifique was presented at the 1806 Exhibition of the products of French industry. The explanatory booklet, which serves as a publicity leaflet, that Dufour had printed in Macon by Moiroux, gives us information on its completion date (1804-1805) and gives us details of the subjects represented as well as the peoples depicted. It also specifies the complete title of the set "The savages of the Pacific Sea, painting for wallpaper decoration. Composed on the discoveries made by the captains Cook, de la Pérouse and other travellers, forming a landscape in shades, executed on twenty strips or widths of paper of twenty inches, by ninety in height".
These idealized representations of Man and Nature from the accounts of voyages to the Pacific thus present a series of exotic and romantic scenes, and constitute a paradisiacal view of New Caledonia rather than a historical testimony, although certain real facts, such as Cook's death in the background or the representations of kings and their wives from these distant lands, can be listed.

Panoramic wallpapers are a specifically French creation. In addition to Arthur and Robert, Jacquemart and Bénard in the Paris region, the Macon region gave us Dufour, which came from Paris and became Dufour & Leroy, and the Alsace region, the Rixheim factory near Mulhouse, where the Zuber family continues a century-old tradition.

Already in the 18th century, the idea of large wall decorations reproducing the compositions of masters, and then tapestries painted on canvas, such as those made by Lacroix of Marseille, were not foreign to this ornamental conception. Then came the panoramas, circular paintings oriented in such a way that the viewer could see the horizon around him. Hence the rules of decorative grammar of the panoramic wallpaper manufacturers, with foregrounds made of rocks, plants or large-scale characters intended to recede the landscapes, the monuments, the escapes of seas, these elements also being used to fragment the hanging into panels. The assembled strips thus form pictures which allow to adapt the decoration to the dimensions of the interiors.
Few pieces have remained intact in our heritage and they are generally more numerous in the South of France. The young American republic at the beginning of the XIXth century sought out its decorations and many of them are preserved in American museums. Examples of the Sauvages de la Mer du Pacifique are listed in the Philadelphia Museum in the United States, in the National Gallery of Australia and in the Musée des Arts Décoratifs in Paris.
Bibliography
Nancy McClelland, Historic Wallpapers: From their Inception to the Introduction of Machinery, 1924
Les Chefs-d'œuvre du papier peint, Tableaux - Tentures de Dufour & Leroy, Introduction by Henri Clouzot, Librairie des Arts Décoratifs
Décors de l'imaginaire, Panoramiques-Papiers Peints 1790-1865, Exhibition September 18, 1990 - January 20, 1991, Paris Musée des Arts Décoratifs, p.308-309.
Josef Dufour (1757 - 1827) Creator of Panoramic Wallpapers, Macon Musée des Ursulines, May-June 1982.
La Gazette de l'Hôtel Drouot, 8 December 1989, p. 25.
La Gazette de l'Hôtel Drouot, Paris, 1991, p. 27.
Collective, Revue de l'Agenais, bulletin de l'académie des sciences, lettres et arts d'Agen, Académie des sciences, lettres et arts d'Agen, 1995, p. 51, ill. p. 52.
de Chair Enid 1878-1965view full entry
Reference: see WARRINGTON & NORTHWICH AUCTION, UK, 27.6.21, lot 509: LADY ENID DE CHAIR (Australian, 1878-1965), oil on canvas of a traditional floral display in pearlware jug, signed lower left, 49 x 58 cm.

Bryant Charlesview full entry
Reference: see DREWEATTS auction UK, 21.7.21, lot 240
CHARLES DAVID JONES BRYANT (AUSTRALIAN 1883-1937)
SAILING OFF THE SOUTH COAST
Oil on board
Signed (lower left)
29.5 x 40cm (11½ x 15½ in.)
Provenance:
The artist's sister Mrs Hollander 20 Harley Road Hampstead
Colin Leighton, Elstree
Thence by descent
Exhibited:
London Art Agency, No. 5064
Brown Peter active 1766-1791view full entry
Reference: see Casco Bay Auctions, US, 11 July, 2021, lot 163: PETER BROWN (English, active 1766-1791). Framed Hand-Colored Prints of Exotic Birds (1776) Three (3) hand-colored, engravings of exotic birds from the Americas and Southeast Asia originally published as plates in a rare 18th century English work, New Illustrations of Zoology (1776): 1) Plate V. The Red Vented Cockatoo; 2) Plate VI. The Blue-Breasted Parrot; and 3) Plate VIII. Alexandrine Parakeet. Each with 9 ¼ x 7 ½ inch plate-marks on 11 ½ x 9 inch sheets; artistically French-matted and framed in gilt, compo frames. Peter Brown was a British natural history artist and intended this collection as a supplement to George Edward's A Natural History of Uncommon Birds (1743-51). So his bird illustrations were rendered in a style to those of Edwards. All three prints are in excellent condition, with good coloring, strong impressions and original margins.
Spence Percyview full entry
Reference: see Roseberys auction, UK, 20 July, 2021, Lot 174

£1500-2500
Percy Frederick Seaton Spence, 
Australian 1868-1933- 
Going for the Doctor; Merrylegs; He looked me all over; 
each watercolour and bodycolour heightened with white on paper, each signed 'lower right', each titled and numbered (in the lower margin), the first and second titled and numbered (on the reverse), each 24 x 17 cm., three (3), (unframed). 
Provenance: Anon. sale, Sotheby's, London, 10 Dec. 2019, lot 253. 
Note: Born in Sydney, and spending his youth in Fiji, Spence then gained employment an illustrator to the Sydney Daily Telegraph, Illustrated Sydney News and The Bulletin, and exhibited at the Royal Art Society. In 1893, he made two drawings of Robert Louis Stevenson in Sydney: one is now in the National Portrait Gallery, London [NPG1184]. In 1894, he moved to England, and worked as illustrator for Punch, Black and White, and the Graphic. He exhibited at the Royal Academy in 1899-1902 inclusive. In 1905 Spence was back in Sydney and held a one-man show of his work. He was a prolific watercolourist and the present works are characteristic of his oeuvre.




Berndorf (Austrian sculptor of Aboriginal woman)view full entry
Reference: see Auktionshaus Schwab, Mannheimer Straße 32 a - 68309 Mannheim - Germany, at auction 17 July, 2021, lot 530870
Bronzeskulptur 'junge Aborigines' / A bronze figure of a 'young Aboriginal woman', Berndorf, um 1900
Material: bronze patinated, marble base,
Signature. on base sign. 'BERNDORF', Austria,
Depiction: young Australian woman with arms folded behind her head, skirt decorated with sea snail shells and a pipe, at her feet a platypus,
Height: 55 cm,
Condition: good, min. traces of age


Menard Theodore or Mesnardview full entry
Reference: see DOMINIC WINTER AUCTIONS, UK,
21 Jul 2021.

Lot 249 Sydney. (Sabatier & De Thierry), Vue de Sydney et l'entrée de la Rivière de Paramatta, 1ere et 2eme feuille, Paris [1840-64], a pair of uncoloured tint stone lithographs ( which can be conjoined to form a panorama) after Mesnard and originally published in Abel Dupetit-Thouars 'Voyage Autour du Monde sur la fregate Venus pendant les années 1836-1839', slight spotting to margins, each approximately 190 x 430 mm

Qty: (2)

NOTES

A pair of lithographs from a rare account of a French voyage to the Pacific. Mesnard, who was a naval cadet, was the expedition's artist onboard the frigate Venus which was under the command of Admiral Dupetit-Thouars. Reports of the voyage unsettled the British who believed that France was trying to claim New Zealand as a colony. Although the voyage was presented as a 'scientific expedition' with particular emphasis on establishing the potential of whaling in the Pacific, it was in reality, an exercise in establishing and reinforcing French influence in the Southern Hemisphere.


Ménard Romauld Georges view full entry
Reference: see Silent World website:
Vue de la Ville de Sydney et environs
About this object
Romauld Georges Ménard (or Mesnard), naval artist, was the draughtsman under Captain Abel Aubert du Petit Thouars aboard Venus, 1836-39. This expedition, ordered by King Louis Philippe partly to lay formal claim to Tahiti, included a visit to Sydney in November and December 1838.

Lithographs after Ménard’s drawings appeared in the Atlas Pittoresque in 1841. Part of the 10 volume official account of the voyage (Paris, 1840-1846).

Two of Ménard’s images were reproduced as lithographs in Thouars’ official account of the voyage, Voyage autour du monde sur la frégate La Venus 1836-1839 par M. Abel du Petit-Thouars. One plate is titled Vue de la rade de Sydney et du Fort Macquarie. The other view, a doublr plate, is taken from the present watercolour and is titled Vue de Sydney et de l’entree de la rivière de Parramatta.
Maker
Romauld Georges Ménard
Maker Role
Artist
Edition
1838
Date Made
1838
Period
19th-century
Medium and Materials
Paper and watercolour.
Place Made
Sydney, Australia
Inscription and Marks
Signed and dated: Menard, Sydney, 1838.

Publishing details: https://silentworldfoundation.org.au/collection-ehive-about/collections-ehive-objects/1212119/
Mesnard see Ménard Romauld Georges view full entry
Reference: see Silent World website:
Vue de la Ville de Sydney et environs
About this object
Romauld Georges Ménard (or Mesnard), naval artist, was the draughtsman under Captain Abel Aubert du Petit Thouars aboard Venus, 1836-39. This expedition, ordered by King Louis Philippe partly to lay formal claim to Tahiti, included a visit to Sydney in November and December 1838.

Lithographs after Ménard’s drawings appeared in the Atlas Pittoresque in 1841. Part of the 10 volume official account of the voyage (Paris, 1840-1846).

Two of Ménard’s images were reproduced as lithographs in Thouars’ official account of the voyage, Voyage autour du monde sur la frégate La Venus 1836-1839 par M. Abel du Petit-Thouars. One plate is titled Vue de la rade de Sydney et du Fort Macquarie. The other view, a doublr plate, is taken from the present watercolour and is titled Vue de Sydney et de l’entree de la rivière de Parramatta.
Maker
Romauld Georges Ménard
Maker Role
Artist
Edition
1838
Date Made
1838
Period
19th-century
Medium and Materials
Paper and watercolour.
Place Made
Sydney, Australia
Inscription and Marks
Signed and dated: Menard, Sydney, 1838.

Publishing details: https://silentworldfoundation.org.au/collection-ehive-about/collections-ehive-objects/1212119/
Edgar Williamview full entry
Reference: see Lot 619: WILLIAM EDGAR (California/Australia, 1870-c. 1925), The schooner Herman ., Oil on canvas, 16" x 24". Framed 19.75" x 27.75".
Eldred's
August 20, 2021, 9:30 AM EST
East Dennis, MA, US
Est: $1,500 - $2,500
Description
WILLIAM EDGAR 
California/Australia, 1870-c. 1925 
The schooner Herman. 

Signed lower right "W. Edgar".
Dimensions
Oil on canvas, 16" x 24". Framed 19.75" x 27.75".
Artist or Maker
WILLIAM EDGAR
Provenance

A private collection, Southern California.
The West Sea Company, Old Town, San Diego, California.

Matthew Turner (1825-1909), who built the Herman , was an American sea captain, shipbuilder and designer. He constructed 228 vessels, of which 154 were built in the Matthew Turner shipyard in Benicia. He built more sailing vessels than any other single shipbuilder in America and can be considered the "granddaddy" of big-time wooden shipbuilding on the Pacific Coast.

Aavik Leeneview full entry
Reference: This artist is listed in Australian Art Sales Directory with the following information: Gender: F, Germany, Australia, 4 works listed
Publishing details: aasd.com.au
Abbot Inez Mview full entry
Reference: artist listed in Australian Art Sales Directory with the following information: Gender: F, 1896-1957 Australia, France, 4 works listed
Publishing details: aasd.com.au
Cleveley John aquatint engraving afterview full entry
Reference: see Trillium Antique Prints & Rare Books
July 31, 2021,, lot 33620: Cleveley, Jukes, & Cook - View of Charlotte Sound, New Zealand. This is one of the most exceptional engravings to result from Cook's Voyages. This engraving is entitled a "View of Charlotte Sound, New Zealand." It was originally a watercolor by John Cleveley and then engraved by Francis Jukes. Francis Jukes was known as 'if not the inventor, certainly the first that brought [aquatint] to a degree of perfection' (The Gentleman's Magazine LXXXII, p. 300)

John Cleveley's watercolors are believed to be based upon his brother James's sketches. James Cleveley was the carpenter on Cook's third and final voyage. The prospectus also claimed that the views were drawn 'on the spot' by James before being "redrawn and inimitably painted in water-colours by his brother... John Cleveley, and from which the plates were engraved, in the best manner by Mr. Jukes." However, there is some debate on this attribution and it may be John Webber's sketches Clevely used.

"Cook's third voyage was organized to seek the Northwest Passage and to return [the islander] Omai to Tahiti. Officers of the crew included William Bligh, James Burney, James Colnett, and George Vancouver. John Webber was appointed artist to the expedition. After calling at Kerguelen Island, Tasmania, New Zealand, and the Cook, Tonga, and Society Islands, the expedition sailed north and discovered Christmas Island and the Hawaiian Islands, which Cook named the Sandwich Islands. Cook charted the American west coast from Northern California through the Bering Strait as far north as latitude 70 degrees 44 minutes before he was stopped by pack ice. He returned to Hawaii for the winter and was killed in an unhappy skirmish with the natives over a boat. Charles Clarke took command and after he died six months later, the ships returned to England under John Gore. Despite hostilities with the United States and France, the scientific nature of this expedition caused the various governments to exempt these vessels from capture. The voyage resulted in what Cook judged his most valuable discovery - the Hawaiian Islands." (Hill)
Dimensions
~ 27 7/8" by 23"; Image area ~ 22" by 16 3/4"
Artist or Maker
John Cleveley & Francis Jukes
Medium
Originally Hand-colored Engraving
Date: 1788

Jukes Francis aquatint engraving view full entry
Reference: see Trillium Antique Prints & Rare Books
July 31, 2021,, lot 33620: Cleveley, Jukes, & Cook - View of Charlotte Sound, New Zealand. This is one of the most exceptional engravings to result from Cook's Voyages. This engraving is entitled a "View of Charlotte Sound, New Zealand." It was originally a watercolor by John Cleveley and then engraved by Francis Jukes. Francis Jukes was known as 'if not the inventor, certainly the first that brought [aquatint] to a degree of perfection' (The Gentleman's Magazine LXXXII, p. 300)

John Cleveley's watercolors are believed to be based upon his brother James's sketches. James Cleveley was the carpenter on Cook's third and final voyage. The prospectus also claimed that the views were drawn 'on the spot' by James before being "redrawn and inimitably painted in water-colours by his brother... John Cleveley, and from which the plates were engraved, in the best manner by Mr. Jukes." However, there is some debate on this attribution and it may be John Webber's sketches Clevely used.

"Cook's third voyage was organized to seek the Northwest Passage and to return [the islander] Omai to Tahiti. Officers of the crew included William Bligh, James Burney, James Colnett, and George Vancouver. John Webber was appointed artist to the expedition. After calling at Kerguelen Island, Tasmania, New Zealand, and the Cook, Tonga, and Society Islands, the expedition sailed north and discovered Christmas Island and the Hawaiian Islands, which Cook named the Sandwich Islands. Cook charted the American west coast from Northern California through the Bering Strait as far north as latitude 70 degrees 44 minutes before he was stopped by pack ice. He returned to Hawaii for the winter and was killed in an unhappy skirmish with the natives over a boat. Charles Clarke took command and after he died six months later, the ships returned to England under John Gore. Despite hostilities with the United States and France, the scientific nature of this expedition caused the various governments to exempt these vessels from capture. The voyage resulted in what Cook judged his most valuable discovery - the Hawaiian Islands." (Hill)
Dimensions
~ 27 7/8" by 23"; Image area ~ 22" by 16 3/4"
Artist or Maker
John Cleveley & Francis Jukes
Medium
Originally Hand-colored Engraving
Date: 1788

Leist Fredview full entry
Reference: see Bonhams,London, 22.9.21, lot 78:
Frederick William Leist (Australian, 1878-1945)
Early Editions
signed and dated 'Fred Leist/1910' (lower left)
oil on canvas
92.7 x 71.1cm (36 1/2 x 28in).
Footnotes:
Exhibited
London, Royal Academy, 1910, no. 452.

Fred Leist was born in Sydney in 1873. Initially he trained as a furniture designer in the workshops of David Jones Ltd, before becoming a student at the Art Society of New South Wales. His first commercial work was as an illustrator for the Bulletin and Sydney Mail, and local agent for the London Graphic from 1900.

In 1901, Leist travelled to London with his wife and their daughter where he joined the permanent staff at The Graphic, but his real love was painting and from 1910 to 1925 he exhibited regularly at The Royal Academy, including the present lot, which was his first exhibit at the RA, shown in 1910. Leist's professional interest in the theatre, may have led to his painting the actress Coralie Decima Chatteris (1885-1910) in the present work. Here she is seen carefully examining some books. Although the palette is muted, the subtle tones and texture of the white dress and parasol give great presence to the figure as she stands in stark contrast to the rather sparse interior.

Further success came when his 1911 RA exhibit The Mirror was hung on the line and three years later a work entitled The Rivals was acclaimed in the Review. By this time Leist had been elected to The Royal Society of British Artists, and to the Chelsea Arts Club and had also exhibited at the Royal Institute of Oil Painters and the Royal Society of Portrait Painters.

In 1917 Leist was appointed an official war artist with the Australian Imperial Force and produced numerous sketches drawings and watercolours while 'dodging shells and mustard gas'. He was commissioned to paint four large battle scenes which were strikingly different to the muted tones of his earlier work. After the war, he returned to London and continued to exhibit widely, serving on the council of the ROI and contributing to the Australian Pavilion at the British Empire Exhibition at Wembley in 1924-25. The following year, having travelled and worked in the US, Leist returned to Australia where he continued teaching and painting portraits. He died in February 1945.
Lloyd Miriam view full entry
Reference: see CHALKWELL AUCTIONS, Essex, UK, 7.9.21, lot 30: Miriam Lloyd graduated from Goldsmiths College in 1989, following which her work was exhibited in Modern Medicine (1990), curated by Damien Hirst. She went on the study her MA in Digital Artsand her Doctorate at the University of New South Wales, Australia. "Scottish Wildfire #17", unframed oil on linen, 140 x 70cm, c. 2019. Lloyd has worked with landscape for the past 20 years. Her PhD thesis examined theories of the sublime in landscape, in relationship to ourselves and emerging technologies. In recent years we cannot examine landscape without an awareness of the reawakening of the relevance of theories of the sublime, in the light of ecological fragility brought about by climate change. The recent increase of Scottish wildfires exemplifies this relationship, echoing the devastating terror and awe exemplified in a reading of landscape as sublime.
Rowan Marion Ellisview full entry
Reference: see Lauraine Diggins Fine Art online exhibition August-September 2021:
‘Marian Ellis Rowan (1848 - 1922) was a remarkable woman who travelled around the world to capture exotic flora in her elegant paintings. First inspired by the gardens of her youth at Mount Macedon, Victoria and family connections to government botanist Ferdinand von Mueller, she became a celebrated artist known for depicting wildflowers and birdlife, recording numerous botanical species throughout remote Australia; New Zealand; the United Kingdom; the United States of America and Papua New Guinea.

This exhibition is a small representation of Rowan's extensive work and is indicative of her broad travels and includes a fully illustrated flipbook e-catalogue with accompanying essay.
This celebrated and prolific artist with her reputation for painting wildflowers is represented in many public collections including significant holdings at the National Library of Australia and the Queensland Museum; as well as the National Gallery of Australia; the National Gallery of Victoria; the Art Gallery of New South Wales; Queensland Art Gallery/Gallery of Modern Art; the Art Gallery of Western Australia; the Royal Botanic Gardens, Adelaide; the National Herbarium, Melbourne; the National Trust of Australia; the Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences.
 

With thanks to the staff at the National Herbarium, Melbourne for their expert advice regarding identification of selected artworks.
ONLINE EXHIBITION
Undertaking a successful career Marian Ellis Rowan ultimately a painter and naturalist, was initially inspired by the gardens of her youth at Mount Macedon and family connections to government botanist Ferdinand von Mueller, Rowan became a celebrated artist frequently depicting wildflowers and birdlife.
Travelling extensively, she recorded numerous botanical species in Australia; New Zealand; the United Kingdom; the United States of America and Papua and New Guinea. She won numerous awards for her paintings which are characterised by both a detailed accuracy and compositional charm with touches of dramatic interest such as the inclusion of insects.
This exhibition celebrates a collection of delicately detailed flora and fauna works on paper.’


Quinn James Peter view full entry
Reference: see Cordy’s auction, NZ, 2.11.21, lot 128: James Peter Quinn (Aust.1869-1951), Portrait of a Woman oil on canvas, signed. 545 x 440mm. Note: Quinn studied at the Melbourne's National Gallery of Victoria Art School, then in Paris at the Académie Julian and the École des Beaux-Arts. He spent time painting at the Etaples art colony in northern France, alongside other Australians including Rupert Bunny and Hilda Rix Nicholas. By 1904, he was a highly successful portrait painter and exhibited at the Royal Academy of Arts. His ‘Mère et Fils’ (Wife and Son), was awarded an honourable mention at the Salon, Paris, in 1912. He was commissioned to paint Joseph Chamberlain, the Duchess of York and the Duke of Windsor. He was accredited official war artist for the First AIF during World War I, painting prominent officers in France. Later he returned to Australia where he continued to paint and teach.


Wall Edith 1904-99view full entry
Reference: see Cordy’s auction, NZ, 2.11.21, lot 149: Edith Wall NZ (1904-99), Sydney Harbour, Houses and Bridge, watercolour and pencil, signed, 250 x 330mm. Note: Born in Christchurch, her father was a professor and broadcaster. In the early 1940s, Wall moved to Sydney, Australia and attended the Sorbonne in Paris and also studied art in Rome and London. Wall was an early member of The Group, after moving to Sydney she became a prolific cartoonist.
Ridings William and Rosinaview full entry
Reference: see Rago Arts and Auction Center
November 12, 2021, Lambertville, NJ, US, lot 421: British School
Wiliam and Rosina Ridings Journal of a Trip to Australia


1861
watercolor on paper
smallest: 8 h × 6.875 w in (20 × 17 cm)
largest: 10.875 h × 15.125 w in (28 × 38 cm)

Inscribed to verso of three works 'View from Glen Fern For William and Rosina from Belle March 1861' 'Little Bassies, from Kawaru, Auckland, New Zealand' and 'Lake Rotoroa, South Island, Province of Nelson NZ'. These six works are from the journal of William and Rosina Ridings during their trip from London to Auckland, New Zealand aboard the Caduceus.

condition: Works are in good overall condition and sheets are lightly toned throughout. Pinpoints of foxing to two sheets and one circular tear with associated loss to one sheet. One area of possible moisture damage with associated tide mark to upper left quadrant of one sheet. One sheet has been mounted to backing board. Works present well. Unframed.
Wooler John view full entry
Reference: see Mark Lawson Antiques, Inc.
November 21, 2021, 12:00 PM EST
Saratoga Springs, NY, US, lot 616 original oil painting on canvas by John Wooler (South Australian, Early 20th century). The large framed painting features a lighthouse seascape scene of Corny Point in South Australia. Signed and dated for 1922. Frame: 38 3/4 x 26 1/4". Sight: 35 1/2" x 23"
and lot 618:
original oil painting on canvas by John Wooler (South Australian, Early 20th century). The large framed painting features wooded river bed landscape scene in South Australia. Signed and dated for 1913. Frame: 36 3/4 x 28 1/2". Sight: 33 1/2 x 25 1/2".
Meachem G Aview full entry
Reference: see CUTTLESTONES AUCTIONEERS, UK, 1 Decemver, 2021:
Lot 554 G. A. MEACHEM. A wooded bay in Australia with boats and figures 'Midleton Beach, Albany, Western Australia' see verso. Signed and dated 1914 lower right, mixed media on board, framed and glazed. 22 x 30 cm
01 Dec 2021 10:00 GMT 
Coutts Gordonview full entry
Reference: see Davidsons auction Sale 153 Lot 32
COUTTS, Gordon (1875-1937)
'Aunt Agatha,' 1897.
Provenance: Estate late Ivy Shore; thence by descent.
Oil on Canvas
75x55cm

OTHER NOTES:
This portrait, purchased in 1950, is from the collection of Portia-Geach Award-winning Sydney artist Ivy Shore. It was known as 'Aunt Agatha' when Ivy bought it, and has never had another name attached to it. However, Ivy Shore did a great deal of research on the work, and had a suspicion that it might be the only known portrait of Gordon Coutts' Australian artist wife Alice Gray COUTTS (1879-1973), whom he met in Paris. The Coutts spent several years in Melbourne, and then in Sydney in the 1890s, where Gordon became the senior instructor at the Art Society of New South Wales, before leaving Australia with Alice for the USA in the early 1900s, never to return. This portrait was painted in 1897, at the height of Coutts' style.

Quilliam Wayneview full entry
Reference: Culture is Life - Photographic Exploration of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples in Modern Australia, by Wayne Quilliam. [’Pre-eminent Aboriginal photographer Wayne Quilliam has an archive of thousands of images and interviews with Indigenous people across the country. Through the images in this stunning collection, Wayne's work explores the nuances of Indigenous thinking and identity, and focuses on how the First peoples view their place within the contemporary culture of Australia.

The people featured in Culture is Life include many high-profile Indigenous Australians, as well as community members of different ages from Tasmania to the Torres Strait, offering insights into the dreams of youth and the reflections of Elders. With various feature sections on significant events such as Sorry Day and the All Stars game, this book is an accessible gateway to better understand and appreciate the lives of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples, presented as a stunning and contemporary photo book.

About the Author

Adjunct Professor Wayne Quilliam is one of Australia's pre-eminent Indigenous photographic artists, curators and cultural advisors working on the international scene. His awards include the 2009 NAIDOC Indigenous Artist of the Year, the Human Rights Media Award, the Walkley Award for photojournalism and the Supply Nation business of the year award. He was also a finalist in the 2016 Bowness Art Award.

Wayne has created and curated over 300 exhibitions throughout the world and has been published in more than 1000 magazines, books and newspapers. In recent years he has held solo exhibitions in Melbourne, Sydney, Adelaide, Perth, Havana, Tokyo, Berlin, New York and at the United Nations in New York and Geneva.’]
Publishing details: Hardie Grant Explore , 2021, 192pp
Ref: 1000
Duffy Francesview full entry
Reference: see Allbids auction, The Art of Frances Duffy – Part I, Online, Frances Duffy (1927-1996) was a student of Sir William Dargie, the renowned Australian painter and 8-time Archibald Prize winner. His influence is evident in much of her work however her own developing style can be seen in her experiments with tonalism in this collection of paintings from the later part of her career.
In a critique of an exhibition of her work, ‘Australian Women Artists’ at Southlands Gallery in 1979, critic Sasha Grishin observes: ‘Of the seven painters, the most interesting is Frances Duffy. Although originally trained by Sir William Dargie, she is certainly more sensitive, perceptive and imaginative than her master.’ (Sasha Grishin, Canberra Times, Thursday 1 November 1979, page 21)
Closing Wednesday 5 January, 2021

Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Yellow Portrait, Oil on Canvas, 60cm H x 50 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), The Restaurant, Oil On Canvas, 58cm H x 52 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Colours of Winter, Oil on Canvas, 50cm H x 60 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Fruit and Flowers, Oil on Canvas, 50cm H x 60 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), The Golden Ash, Oil on Canvas, 61cm H x 90 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Victorian Toilet Mirror, Oil on Canvas, 75cm H x 58 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), The Seventies, Oil on Canvas, 35cm H x 30 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Sheds, Oil on Canvas, 40cm H x 50 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Model in Black and Pink, Oil on Canvas, 60cm H x 50 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), The Straw Hat, Oil on Canvas, 58cm H x 37 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Untitled (Portrait of Child), Oil on Canvas, 50cm H x 39 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), The Arches, Oil on Canvas, 42cm H x 34 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Roses and Minton Saucer, Oil on Canvas, 30cm H x 58 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Untitled (Still Life in Blue Jug), Oil on Canvas, 38cm H x 35 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Blue Hydrangea, Oil on Board, 60cm H x 43 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Flowers with Pottery, Oil on Canvas, 30cm H x 58 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Foggy Frankston, Oil on Canvas, 38cm H x 60 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Coloured Glass and Bouquet, Oil on Canvas, 35cm H x 27 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), The Long Tresses, Oil on Canvas, 50cm H x 38 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Roses, Oil on Canvas, 34cm H x 24 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Winter in the Park, Oil on Canvas, 56cm H x 34 W
Frances Duffy, Untitled (Still Life with Bottle and Apples), Oil on Board, 40cm H x 30 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), The Pink Chair, Oil on Canvas, 61cm H x 50 W
Frances Duffy, The Visitor, Oil on Canvas, 39cm H x 50 W
Frances Duffy (1927-1996), Grove of White, Oil on Canvas, 48cm H x 60 W


Hall Robert photographerview full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 72nd Meeting, 2 December 2021, report emailed to members: "Caleb and Phoebe Fidler", daguerreotype, possibly by Robert Hall in February 1853, Adelaide. 9 x 8 cm.
Caleb Fidler (from a farming family) and Phoebe Webb (daughter of a storekeeper), married in the English market town of Newbury, Berkshire, in July 1851. Eight days later they were on board the Candahar at Plymouth and sailing as unassisted passengers for Adelaide. On arriving in December the exodus to the Victorian gold-fields was in full flight, and in January Caleb followed. He returned five months later (June 1852).
At the time of this photograph (possibly February 1853) the Fidlers were landowners and farmers at Islington (near the junction of Churchill and Regency Roads) and Phoebe was six months pregnant with their first child. In 1854 they were farmers and storekeepers at
1
Willunga, and the following year opened a store at Aldinga with Phoebe's newly emigrated brother, Samuel Webb.
At the first sale of Crown Land at Mt Gambier in 1858, the Fidlers bought 700 acres, and months later, the two families moved. They established the 'Fidler & Webb" store which was to last for a hundred years and sixty years and was known as the largest department store in country South Australia. Caleb was also recognised as an experimental farmer, importing English pasture grasses, sugar beet, and excavating bat guano for fertiliser from the Naracoorte Caves (now a World Heritage site). He was also a witness, from the shore, of the 1859 Admella shipwreck.
Daguerreotypes were first produced in Adelaide in 1846. Over the next eight years a succession of intermittent studios came and went. Robert Hall established his long-lasting studio in mid-1854 after two earlier short-lived attempts. This daguerreotype would seem to best fit the style, and time, of Robert Hall and his temporary studio of February 1853. Phoebe would be six months pregnant. Shown crocheting, perhaps this was a clue to the coming event. Caleb holds a stamped and addressed letter, likely about to be sent to family back 'home'. The daguerreotype, sourced from England, was perhaps part of that distant communication.
An insight into the voyage taken by Caleb and Phoebe Fidler in 1851 can be found in the book Sophy Under Sail, the diary of Sophy Taylor as edited by Irene Taylor, and published in Sydney by Hodder and Stoughton in 1969.

Publishing details: https://www.australiana.org.au/
Fidler and Webb retailersview full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 72nd Meeting, 2 December 2021, report emailed to members: Transfer printed earthenware plate for Fidler and Webb of Mount Gambier, by Powell & Bishop of Hanley, Stoke-on-Trent, 1876-1878. Diameter 26.7 cm.
2
The plate was retailed by the Mount Gambier firm of Fidler and Webb, which had been founded by brothers-in-law Caleb Fidler (1823–1874) and Samuel Webb (1834-1911) in 1858. Both from Berkshire, they had previously been in business at Aldinga Plains near Sellicks Hill, south of Adelaide, but saw in the opening up of pastoral land in the South East, new opportunities at Mount Gambier. Initially relying on deliveries of goods coming by ship into Rivoli Bay, and then by dray to Mt Gambier, the partners supplied the rapidly growing district. Both were staunch Methodists and heavily involved in the community. Following Fidler’s death in 1874 the firm continued until his widow’s retirement in 1881, when Samuel Webb became the sole proprietor. At the end on the century it was regarded as a “universal provider”, supplying everything from millinery to horse shoes, groceries to sheep dip, reapers to gelignite.
The plate is decorated in the Asiatic Pheasant pattern, probably the most popular pattern for such wares in England throughout Queen Victoria’s reign. Dating the plate so closely relies on its markings, an impressed caduceus with “P&B” above, only used between 1876 and 1878, although the business existed in various iterations between 1851 and 1891. With their substantial orders for crockery, Fidler and Webb were able to have it branded with their name by the maker.
The business of Fidler and Webb traded into the 21st century, clocking up 150 years, before changing shopping habits and the inroads of major chains like Bunnings and Target put an end to it, with the Commercial Street East site sold in 2013. A new development there is now known as the Fidler and Webb retail centre, and today houses Aldi and Coles stores and some smaller retailers.
Fidler and Webb retailersview full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 72nd Meeting, 2 December 2021, report emailed to members: "Caleb and Phoebe Fidler", daguerreotype, possibly by Robert Hall in February 1853, Adelaide. 9 x 8 cm.
Caleb Fidler (from a farming family) and Phoebe Webb (daughter of a storekeeper), married in the English market town of Newbury, Berkshire, in July 1851. Eight days later they were on board the Candahar at Plymouth and sailing as unassisted passengers for Adelaide. On arriving in December the exodus to the Victorian gold-fields was in full flight, and in January Caleb followed. He returned five months later (June 1852).
At the time of this photograph (possibly February 1853) the Fidlers were landowners and farmers at Islington (near the junction of Churchill and Regency Roads) and Phoebe was six months pregnant with their first child. In 1854 they were farmers and storekeepers at
1
Willunga, and the following year opened a store at Aldinga with Phoebe's newly emigrated brother, Samuel Webb.
At the first sale of Crown Land at Mt Gambier in 1858, the Fidlers bought 700 acres, and months later, the two families moved. They established the 'Fidler & Webb" store which was to last for a hundred years and sixty years and was known as the largest department store in country South Australia. Caleb was also recognised as an experimental farmer, importing English pasture grasses, sugar beet, and excavating bat guano for fertiliser from the Naracoorte Caves (now a World Heritage site). He was also a witness, from the shore, of the 1859 Admella shipwreck.
Daguerreotypes were first produced in Adelaide in 1846. Over the next eight years a succession of intermittent studios came and went. Robert Hall established his long-lasting studio in mid-1854 after two earlier short-lived attempts. This daguerreotype would seem to best fit the style, and time, of Robert Hall and his temporary studio of February 1853. Phoebe would be six months pregnant. Shown crocheting, perhaps this was a clue to the coming event. Caleb holds a stamped and addressed letter, likely about to be sent to family back 'home'. The daguerreotype, sourced from England, was perhaps part of that distant communication.
An insight into the voyage taken by Caleb and Phoebe Fidler in 1851 can be found in the book Sophy Under Sail, the diary of Sophy Taylor as edited by Irene Taylor, and published in Sydney by Hodder and Stoughton in 1969.

Publishing details: https://www.australiana.org.au/
Woolland Donald ‘Bert’ (1912-1974)view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 72nd Meeting, 2 December 2021, report emailed to members: A prisoner of war Christmas card illustrated on three sides with drawings and inscriptions. The cover features Hut 19, Campo 57, set in front of the mountains of northern Italy. The scene is decorated with sprigs of mistletoe, barbed wire and the "Christmas bells" wildflower of New South Wales. Inside is an inscription "To Drv. R. Milner from (Private) D. Woolland".
David "Bert" Woolland was a gardener in Manly, NSW, who in mid-1940 enlisted in the 2/13 infantry battalion. In April 1941 at Er Regima, Libya, they became the first Australian
3
army unit to engage German forces - fighting a rear-guard battle against Afrika Korps infantry and tanks, as Commonwealth forces retreated to Tobruk. Woolland was listed as missing, presumed dead, but three months later reported as a POW and shipped to Italy. After the war he resumed as a gardener in Manly and remained unmarried. Similar illustrations by Woolland are in the Australian War Memorial collection.
Reginald Milner (1908 - ?) was a married senior ambulance officer living in Prospect, South Australia. He joined the 2/8 Field Ambulance at Wayville, and was sent to North Africa as a driver. Listed as missing in the first month of the siege of Tobruk (May 1941) he was confirmed as a POW two months later and sent to Campo 57. Mrs Milner, in 1942, was mentioned in the 'News' as an example of a busy and energetic war-worker who continued her job as an office-worker and a volunteer at the Cheer-up Hut despite her husband's situation. In July 1943 Reginald was repatriated home as part of a prisoner exchange with Italy.
Brunkhorst August Ludwig (c1849-1919) watchmaker and jewellerview full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 72nd Meeting, 2 December 2021, report emailed to members: Frosted silver milk jug, by August Brunkhorst, Adelaide c1900. Height 10.0 cm. Perhaps once part of a small tea set, the jug is of note for its preserved surface finish, which
could be described as frosted, or pearl. It does not readily show marks from handling, and is
4
attractive, but cleaning and polishing tends to remove it over time, so it is rarely seen. The engraved monogram of the letters “ED” may indicate ownership in the Dutton family, as they were known patrons of Brunkhorst.
August Ludwig Brunkhorst (c1849-1919) was a watchmaker and jeweller from Nienburg in Lower Saxony, and had arrived in Adelaide on the Earl Dalhousie from London in 1875. By 1877 he was a partner in the jewellery firm of Kindermann and Brunkhorst, but this closed around 1882, after which he was associated with the major silversmith Henry Steiner. On Steiner’s retirement and return to Germany in 1884, Brunkhorst bought Steiner’s stock and goodwill, along with a 20 year lease, later renewed. Silverwork made during Brunkhorst’s period of trading tended to be plain, stylish, well made and well proportioned. As with rivals such as Wendt, his business suffered from the difficult conditions of the late 19th century, competition from international firms, and a changing retail market. Brunkhorst died in 1919 at the age of 71.
Gill Harry Pelling (1855-1916)view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 72nd Meeting, 2 December 2021, report emailed to members: Watercolour by H.P. Gill, untitled, shore view. [18]91.
This landscape reflects an accurate rendering of light, a rare quality in Adelaide before 1900. The owner of this painting located the scene of this shoreline; at Hallett Cove, about two kilometres south of a foreshore restaurant, being some 25K south of the Adelaide CBD. The photo and the watercolour show the subsidence over a 130 year period. An attendee noted that boulder perched on the hill in the photograph was further downhill than the blob in the watercolour. That reminded him of the story of a historian locating the exact spot that Tom Roberts had painted a coastal landscape at the end of Mentone beach. By lining up certain points he was unquestionably 6 metres beyond the edge of the cliff. So (also 130 years later) the cliff there, in a very protected marine environment, had eroded at least that far. So, perhaps, with a certainly more aggressive environment, and the much softer glacial till sediments, the cliff at Hallett Cove has eroded back to the blob / boulder which is also now drifting downhill. There are strong similarities of the colour of the slate, (chocolate-purple) on the beach in both the watercolour and photograph. The owner/photographer was unable to take a photo from where Gill actually stood while painting the scene due to the dangerous terrain.
23.5 x 16.5 cm. visible
The owner found the site, (see the second image) –130 years after the watercolour was
painted.
This is the second watercolour by this artist shown to this group, refer Report 71, p9.
9
The artist, Harry Pelling Gill (1855-1916) took up the position of Director of the School of Design in Adelaide, in September 1882. Apart from his heavy workload with students and painting, he found time to acquire coins for the South Australian Museum and in 1902 he joined a group headed by Rev. Percy Billings that successfully argued that their numismatic collection be transferred to the Art Gallery Department.
Ashton James (1859-1935)view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 72nd Meeting, 2 December 2021, report emailed to members: James Ashton, untitled. [Moonrise over a river bend], signed in lower left J. Ashton, n.d. Watercolour on paper. Sheet: 36 x 54.5 cm, frame: 66 x 85cm.
James Ashton (1859-1935) was one of the most influential artists and art teachers of his generation in South Australia. Born in Isle of Man, England, he trained at the South Kensington School of Art, London. He emigrated with his wife Mary to Adelaide in 1884, establishing the Norwood School of Art in 1886, later moving to premises in Grenfell St., and to Victoria Buildings, Victoria Square.
His students comprise a who’s who of South Australian art, counting Sir Hans Heysen, Sir Ivor Hele, his son Sir William Ashton, Edward Davies, Marie Tuck, and Helen and Millicent Hambidge among his many pupils. Serving as Art Master at Prince Alfred College for 39 years until his retirement in 1927, his punctuality earned him the nickname “Old One O’Clock” in the familial atmosphere of P.A.C. In that year he held an important exhibition at the Galleries of the S.A. Society of Arts, in The Institute Building, North Terrace.
12
The present work is a fine example of his facility to render the play of reflecting light on water, and for nocturnal marine subjects. The 1927 exhibition catalogue records a subject, The Rising Moon (No.42), a work likely to be an affiliate of this untitled watercolour. Further details are recorded in the Australian Dictionary of Biography, Vol.7, 1979, by Allan Sierp, and the catalogue Paintings by James Ashton, a record of a loan exhibition curated by Constantine Raptis for the Flinders University Art Museum, 6-20 January, 1981.
Dyring Moya (1909-1967)view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 72nd Meeting, 2 December 2021, report emailed to members: Moya Dyring, Spring Flowers, 1930s, oil on canvas. 39.5 x 22.5 cm.
Moya Dyring (1909-1967) was born at Coburg, and following her secondary schooling and a visit to Paris in 1928, studied at the National Gallery Art School in Melbourne. There she met a fellow student with similar artistic interests, Sam Atyeo, who she would later marry. Her interest in modernism was furthered by studies with George Bell and Rah Fizelle, and
13
fostered by her friendship with John and Sunday Reed and their circle at Heide at Bulleen. The property is now the Heide Museum of Modern Art.
After visiting America Dyring was in Paris in 1938, her studies there helped by Sam Atyeo’s contacts in the art world. Leaving Paris in 1939 the two of them settled on a farm in the French Riviera at Vence, however with the onset of WW2 and Atyeo away on a commission, Dyring evacuated to Australia. The couple married in the West Indies, but were working apart, and once the war was over Moya returned to Paris and her career as an artist while Atyeo worked elsewhere, their marriage ending in 1950.
Well accepted locally in France, and with her apartment on the Ile St Louis, Chez Moya, established as a centre of art and hospitality for visiting Australians, Moya flourished as an artist. She exhibited and travelled in Australian through the 1950s and into the early 1960s, had a solo exhibition in London, and was part of a network of expatriate Australian artists. Her life was ended by cancer in 1967, after which a group of friends established a studio apartment in her memory at the Cité Internationale des Arts in Paris, for which the Art Gallery of NSW grants two month tenancies to artists each year.
Sargent George Frederick view full entry
Reference: Sargent & Greatbach - View of Sydney, Australia, hand-colored steel engraving of Sydney, Australia. It was engraved by G. Greatbach after a picture by George Frederick Sargent. It was published in Gallery of Geography circa 1870 by William Mackenzie. 9 1/4" by 6 1/2"
Engraver: G. Greatbach
Greatbach William engraverview full entry
Reference: Sargent & Greatbach - View of Sydney, Australia, hand-colored steel engraving of Sydney, Australia. It was engraved by G. Greatbach after a picture by George Frederick Sargent. It was published in Gallery of Geography circa 1870 by William Mackenzie. 9 1/4" by 6 1/2"
Engraver: G. Greatbach
Aubert Pierre Eugene view full entry
Reference: Aubert & Dupain - View of Sydney, Australia, hand-colored engraving of Sydney, Australia. It was printed by Pierre Eugene Aubert and engraved by Gilquin Dupain. It was published in Paris circa 1820s by Publiee par Dufour, Mulat et Boulanger.
Dupain Gilquin engraverview full entry
Reference: Aubert & Dupain - View of Sydney, Australia, hand-colored engraving of Sydney, Australia. It was printed by Pierre Eugene Aubert and engraved by Gilquin Dupain. It was published in Paris circa 1820s by Publiee par Dufour, Mulat et Boulanger.
Marsh W Aview full entry
Reference: see Theodore Bruce auction, January 13, 2022, lot 6662, W A Marsh
Australia, (19th Century)
The Hand
Oil on canvas
Unsigned
Dimensions
38 x 28 cm, Frame: 44.5 x 34.5 cm
Artist or Maker
W A Marsh
Medium
Oil on canvas
Provenance
Inscribed verso: Painted by W A Marsh at J Ashton's studio 1887, and awarded a prize at pupils exhibition.
The painter's first attempt at this class of work
Rish Adamview full entry
Reference: See Misanthropology : cross-cultural collaboration in the art of Adam Rish
Thesis - 1995. Masters Thesis
Publishing details: University of New South Wales. Faculty of Architecture, 1995
Rish Adamview full entry
Reference: Misanthropology: the World Art of Adam Rish, by Adam Rish and John McDonald. [’dam Rish has held 40 solo exhibitions since 1975. His interest is in cross-cultural collaboration as 'World Art' (like World Music) to affirm indigenous culture, regional diversity and productive intercultural relations. He takes traditional crafts and adapts them with modern imagery such as TVs, cars and mobile phones.’]
Publishing details: Primedia, 2020, 336pp
Ref: 1009
Double Vision - A Shared Journey view full entry
Reference: Double Vision - A Shared Journey', Sylvia and Tony Convey, by Professor Colin Rhodes,
Publishing details: Tellurian Research, 2015
Ref: 1000
Power John Wardellview full entry
Reference: see article in Sydney Morning Herald, 4 January, 2022, p24, by Karen Pakula, ‘Shining Light on an overlooked painter’.
Publishing details: SMH, 2022. [copy inserted in J. W. Power - Abstraction-Creation, Paris 1934, by A. D. S. Donaldson and Ann Stephen, ]
Power Collectionview full entry
Reference: see article in Sydney Morning Herald, 4 January, 2022, p24, by Karen Pakula, ‘Shining Light on an overlooked painter’.
Publishing details: SMH, 2022
Power John Wardellview full entry
Reference: Light & Dark, late Modernism and the J. W. Power Collection. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Chau Chak Wing Museum (University of Sydney, 2022 (catalogue details to be entered)
Ref: 1009
Banks Josephview full entry
Reference: see The Flowering of the Pacific - being an account of Joseph banks’ travels in the South Seas and the story of his ‘Florilegium’, by Brian Adams. [’In 1768 a wealthy young Englishman with a thirst for adventure and a passion for botany set out on his grand tour aboard a small naval ship named the Endeavour, bound for unknown regions in the South Pacific. After returning from that perilous circumnavigation of the globe, Joseph Banks quickly became one of the most celebrated botanists of his day. His ambition was to publish an illustrated record of the many unique plants he gathered at the Endeavour's landfalls. But this was not achieved during his lifetime. It is only now, two centuries later, that the 738 exquisitely engraved copper plates of "Banks' Florilegium" are being published. The narrative of this book encompasses the entire three-year voyage of the Endeavour, an account that incorporates all the spirit of an adventure story. Sumptuously illustrated in colour.’]
Publishing details: Sydney, Collins/ British Museum (Natural History), 1986. h/c + d/j, 194 pages, illustrated, index, notes
Martens Conradview full entry
Reference: Conrad Martens - Journal of a Voyage from England to Australia, 1833-35, via South America and the Pacific Islands aboard HMS Hyacinth, Indus, HMS Beagle, Peruvian and Black Warrior. Michael Organ (ed.)
Publishing details: State Library of New South Wales Press, Sydney NSW, 1994.
Quarto; paperback, bound pamphlet with cloth spine, with a monochrome portrait tipped-on to the front cover; 52pp., signed by author; a limited edition run of 100 copies this being number 81.
Kelen Christopher ‘Kit’view full entry
Reference: pictures of nothing at all the Art and Poetry of Kit Kelen; imagens de coisissima nenhuma
Publishing details: ASM/Flying Islands Books (Cerberus Press), Markwell via Bulahdelah NSW, 2014. Square royal octavo; gatefold paperback; 146pp., with many colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Oppen Margaret view full entry
Reference: (Beyond this Point unfolds a) Tale of Love In Five Short Chapters + Retrospectus
Publishing details: Ant Press/Catnip Press, Redfern NSW, 1990-1992.
Folio; unbound, in a folding solander box; 21 leaves of printed and painted untrimmed hand-made paper, interleaved with tissue guards. Very minor wear. Near fine. Also: "Retrospectus" - 8 printed leaves in printed, slipcased folder; near fine. Laid in: a letter from the author, and a printed guide for assembling the work in the correct sequence.
Ref: 1000
Bot G Wview full entry
Reference: G.W. Bot, Gardens Rites of Passage. Anne Gray, (G.W. Bot, illus.)
Publishing details: Australian National Gallery/Goanna Print, Fyshwick ACT, nd.
Tall royal octavo; gatefold paperback, bound orihon style; 35pp., with colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Country & Western landscape re-imaginedview full entry
Reference: Country & Western landscape re-imagined, by Gavin Wilson. Exhibition catalogue. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Gallery Services Townsville City Council, Townsville Qld., 2015.
Square quarto; gatefold paperback; 129pp., with many colour illustrations.
Ref: 1009
Holmes Stacey view full entry
Reference: see Bookmerchant Jenkins catalogue, January, 2022, BLIND BUT CAN SEE, by Stacey Holmes
Australia: Stacey Holmes, 2016. Signed by Illustrator, 38cm x 38cm (frame size), 23cm x 23cm (artwork size). Framed pencil, pastel & gel pen on paper.
Stacey Holmes is an Australian artist currently living and working in the expansive landscapes of rural NSW Australia where she was raised.

Lindsay Lionel illustrated byview full entry
Reference: Carmen by Prosper Merimee, translated by Richard Griffin, with illustrations done in Spain in the summer of 1902 by Lionel Lindsay, and with a foreword by Peter Lindsay. This is the first limited edition with the colour plate and sixteen pages of drawings,
Publishing details: Sydney: Southern Cross Books, 1984.
First Edition. 61, pages, tipped in colour frontispiece, black and white illustrations.
THE SEVENTH WAVE: PHOTOGRAPHS OF AUSTRALIAN BEACHESview full entry
Reference: THE SEVENTH WAVE: PHOTOGRAPHS OF AUSTRALIAN BEACHES
Trent Parke; Narelle Autio; Robert Drewe

Photoseries of New South Wales beach shots, largely underwater, taken in 1999 by Australian photographers Trent Parke and Narelle Autio. The Seventh Wave is Parke's second book and Autio's first. The pair went onto to marry and still collaborate today. Parke became the first Australian member of Magnum Photos in 2007. Essay by Robert Drewe. This copy signed by both Parke and Autio, and bearing the LEICA Documentary Exhibition 1999 and World Press Photo Award 2000 stickers to the jacket front panel.
Publishing details: Sydney: Hot Chilli Press, 2000.
First Edition. Signed by Author
24cm x 29cm. 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Black cloth, blind lettering, pictorial jacket.
Ref: 1000
Parke Trent photographerview full entry
Reference: see THE SEVENTH WAVE: PHOTOGRAPHS OF AUSTRALIAN BEACHES
Trent Parke; Narelle Autio; Robert Drewe

Photoseries of New South Wales beach shots, largely underwater, taken in 1999 by Australian photographers Trent Parke and Narelle Autio. The Seventh Wave is Parke's second book and Autio's first. The pair went onto to marry and still collaborate today. Parke became the first Australian member of Magnum Photos in 2007. Essay by Robert Drewe. This copy signed by both Parke and Autio, and bearing the LEICA Documentary Exhibition 1999 and World Press Photo Award 2000 stickers to the jacket front panel.
Publishing details: Sydney: Hot Chilli Press, 2000.
First Edition. Signed by Author
24cm x 29cm. 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Black cloth, blind lettering, pictorial jacket.
Autio Narelle photographerview full entry
Reference: see THE SEVENTH WAVE: PHOTOGRAPHS OF AUSTRALIAN BEACHES
Trent Parke; Narelle Autio; Robert Drewe

Photoseries of New South Wales beach shots, largely underwater, taken in 1999 by Australian photographers Trent Parke and Narelle Autio. The Seventh Wave is Parke's second book and Autio's first. The pair went onto to marry and still collaborate today. Parke became the first Australian member of Magnum Photos in 2007. Essay by Robert Drewe. This copy signed by both Parke and Autio, and bearing the LEICA Documentary Exhibition 1999 and World Press Photo Award 2000 stickers to the jacket front panel.
Publishing details: Sydney: Hot Chilli Press, 2000.
First Edition. Signed by Author
24cm x 29cm. 128 pages, black and white illustrations. Black cloth, blind lettering, pictorial jacket.
Parke Trent photographerview full entry
Reference: DREAM/LIFE, by Trent Parke
Photoseries of Sydney streetlife taken over 5 years in the 1990s. The first published book of Australian photographer Trent Parke (1971-). In 2007 Parke became the first Australian member of of Magnum Photos.

Publishing details: Sydney: Hot Chilli Press, 1999.
First Edition.
25cm x 30cm. 144 pages, black and white photographs. Black cloth, blind lettering, pictorial jacket.
Ref: 1000
Roth Walter Eview full entry
Reference: THE QUEENSLAND ABORIGINES (3 VOLUMES), by Walter E. Roth, 3 volumes collecting in facsimile various works of Walter Edmund Roth (1861-1933), physician, anthropologist, and the first Northern Protector of Aboriginals. As an administrator Roth worked tirelessly for the betterment of aboriginal rights against colonial and political forces, though controversy, including "payment" to take photographs of sexual positions for anthropological reasons, hounded him to resignation. Volume 1 contains Ethnological Studies among the North-West-Central Queensland Aborigines, and includes the ethno-pornographical plate reproduced in colour. Volume 2 contains Bulletins 1-8 of North Queensland Ethnography from The Home Secretary's Department, Brisbane, 1901-1908. Volume 3 contains Bulletins 9-18 of North Queensland Ethnography, Records of the Australian Museum Sydney, 1907-1910. In total, over 1,500 photographs, line drawings, and maps in three volumes.
Publishing details: Perth: Hesperian Press, 1984.
Facsimile Edition.
32cm x 20cm and 25.5cm x 16.5cm. 3 volumes. Maroon cloth, gilt lettering, illustrated jackets.
Ref: 1000
Rockin’ Australiaview full entry
Reference: ROCKIN AUSTRALIA: 50 YEARS OF CONCERT POSTERS, 1957-2007, by James Anfuso
Spanning 50 years, these three books are the definitive word on Australian poster art. Included are classic Aussie acts, legendary overseas bands (and those not so well known), indie bands and much more. Artist posters featured include Lou Reed, Johnny Cash, Rolling Stones, Led Zeppelin, Frank Zappa, Queen, AC/DC, Johnny O’Keefe, Billy Thorpe, Easybeats, Masters Apprentices, Daddy Cool, Skyhooks, Bill Haley, Chuck Berry, Little Richard, T Rex, Alice Cooper, Cold Chisel, Midnight Oil, Clash, Kiss, JJ Cale, Jeff Buckley, Kraftwerk, Little Richard, and many more. Published in a numbered edition of 666.

Publishing details: Perth: Starman Books, 2014.
First Edition.
34cm x 27cm. 1252 pages, 3 volumes, continuous pagination, colour illustrations. Illustrated matte papered boards, slipcase.
Ref: 1000
postersview full entry
Reference: see ROCKIN AUSTRALIA: 50 YEARS OF CONCERT POSTERS, 1957-2007, by James Anfuso
Spanning 50 years, these three books are the definitive word on Australian poster art. Included are classic Aussie acts, legendary overseas bands (and those not so well known), indie bands and much more. Artist posters featured include Lou Reed, Johnny Cash, Rolling Stones, Led Zeppelin, Frank Zappa, Queen, AC/DC, Johnny O’Keefe, Billy Thorpe, Easybeats, Masters Apprentices, Daddy Cool, Skyhooks, Bill Haley, Chuck Berry, Little Richard, T Rex, Alice Cooper, Cold Chisel, Midnight Oil, Clash, Kiss, JJ Cale, Jeff Buckley, Kraftwerk, Little Richard, and many more. Published in a numbered edition of 666.

Publishing details: Perth: Starman Books, 2014.
First Edition.
34cm x 27cm. 1252 pages, 3 volumes, continuous pagination, colour illustrations. Illustrated matte papered boards, slipcase.
Jenek Shane AKA Courtney Actview full entry
Reference: CAUGHT IN THE ACT: A MEMOIR
Shane Jenek AKA Courtney Act
"Boy, girl, artist, advocate. Courtney is more than the sum of her parts. Meet Shane Jenek: Raised in the Brisbane suburbs by loving parents, Shane realises from a young age that he's not like all the other boys. He finds his tribe at a performing arts agency, where he discovers his passion for song, dance and performance. Shane makes a promise to himself- to find a bigger stage. Meet Courtney Act: Born in Sydney around the turn of the millennium, Courtney makes her name in the gay bars of Oxford Street and then on Australian Idol. Over ten years later, she makes star turns on RuPaul's Drag Race and Celebrity Big Brother UK, bringing her unique take on drag and gender to the world. Behind this rise to national and global fame is a story of searching for and finding oneself. Told with Courtney's trademark candour and wit, Caught in the Act is about our journey towards understanding gender, sexuality and identity. It's an often hilarious and at times heartbreaking memoir from a beloved drag and entertainment icon. Most of all, it's a bloody good time. (publisher's blurb)

Publishing details: Sydney: Pantera Press, 2021.
First Edition.
23.5cm x 15.5cm. [vii], 341 pages, [16] pages of colour photographs. Pictorial wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Courtney Actview full entry
Reference: see CAUGHT IN THE ACT: A MEMOIR
Shane Jenek AKA Courtney Act
"Boy, girl, artist, advocate. Courtney is more than the sum of her parts. Meet Shane Jenek: Raised in the Brisbane suburbs by loving parents, Shane realises from a young age that he's not like all the other boys. He finds his tribe at a performing arts agency, where he discovers his passion for song, dance and performance. Shane makes a promise to himself- to find a bigger stage. Meet Courtney Act: Born in Sydney around the turn of the millennium, Courtney makes her name in the gay bars of Oxford Street and then on Australian Idol. Over ten years later, she makes star turns on RuPaul's Drag Race and Celebrity Big Brother UK, bringing her unique take on drag and gender to the world. Behind this rise to national and global fame is a story of searching for and finding oneself. Told with Courtney's trademark candour and wit, Caught in the Act is about our journey towards understanding gender, sexuality and identity. It's an often hilarious and at times heartbreaking memoir from a beloved drag and entertainment icon. Most of all, it's a bloody good time. (publisher's blurb)

Publishing details: Sydney: Pantera Press, 2021.
First Edition.
23.5cm x 15.5cm. [vii], 341 pages, [16] pages of colour photographs. Pictorial wrappers.
Act Courtney view full entry
Reference: see CAUGHT IN THE ACT: A MEMOIR
Shane Jenek AKA Courtney Act
"Boy, girl, artist, advocate. Courtney is more than the sum of her parts. Meet Shane Jenek: Raised in the Brisbane suburbs by loving parents, Shane realises from a young age that he's not like all the other boys. He finds his tribe at a performing arts agency, where he discovers his passion for song, dance and performance. Shane makes a promise to himself- to find a bigger stage. Meet Courtney Act: Born in Sydney around the turn of the millennium, Courtney makes her name in the gay bars of Oxford Street and then on Australian Idol. Over ten years later, she makes star turns on RuPaul's Drag Race and Celebrity Big Brother UK, bringing her unique take on drag and gender to the world. Behind this rise to national and global fame is a story of searching for and finding oneself. Told with Courtney's trademark candour and wit, Caught in the Act is about our journey towards understanding gender, sexuality and identity. It's an often hilarious and at times heartbreaking memoir from a beloved drag and entertainment icon. Most of all, it's a bloody good time. (publisher's blurb)

Publishing details: Sydney: Pantera Press, 2021.
First Edition.
23.5cm x 15.5cm. [vii], 341 pages, [16] pages of colour photographs. Pictorial wrappers.
Kaali-Nagy Palmaview full entry
Reference: see DUKE'S AVENUE AUCTIONS, UK, 11.1.22. ,lot 352: PALMA KAALI NAGY (1922-2017) STUDIO STILL LIFE strong 1970s image in impasto style by a documented Australian artist, oil on canvas 70 x 60cms
Nagy Palma Kaali see also Kaali-Nagy Palmaview full entry
Reference: see DUKE'S AVENUE AUCTIONS, UK, 11.1.22. ,lot 352: PALMA KAALI NAGY (1922-2017) STUDIO STILL LIFE strong 1970s image in impasto style by a documented Australian artist, oil on canvas 70 x 60cms
Cattapan Jonview full entry
Reference: see Perspectives / Jon Cattapan, eX de Medici. ‘"The Australian War Memorial is delighted to present this travelling exhibition ... 'Perspectives' presents the unique insights of two official artists interpreting Australian involvement in peacekeeping operations.Curators: Laura Webster and Diana Warnes. Includes bibliographical references.’
Publishing details: Australian War Memorial, [2010] 
36 p. : col. ill.
de Medici eXview full entry
Reference: see Perspectives / Jon Cattapan, eX de Medici. ‘"The Australian War Memorial is delighted to present this travelling exhibition ... 'Perspectives' presents the unique insights of two official artists interpreting Australian involvement in peacekeeping operations.Curators: Laura Webster and Diana Warnes. Includes bibliographical references.’
Publishing details: Australian War Memorial, [2010] 
36 p. : col. ill.
McLean Robyn Ann see eX de Mediciview full entry
Reference:
Cherrie Derrickview full entry
Reference: Derrick Cherrie - Game Load. With biographical information.
Publishing details: Auckland Art Gallery, 1996, 6pp folding card.
Ref: 143
Roy and Betty Churcher - 25 Years in Wamboinview full entry
Reference: Roy and Betty Churcher - 25 Years in Wamboin. Catalogue with price list for 43 works inderted. Illustrated. Introduction by Paul Churcher, Essay by Milton Moon,
Publishing details: privately printed, 2016, 24pp
Ref: 143
Churcher Roy view full entry
Reference: see Roy and Betty Churcher - 25 Years in Wamboin. Catalogue with price list for 43 works inderted. Illustrated. Introduction by Paul Churcher, Essay by Milton Moon,
Publishing details: privately printed, 2016, 24pp
Churcher Betty view full entry
Reference: see Roy and Betty Churcher - 25 Years in Wamboin. Catalogue with price list for 43 works inderted. Illustrated. Introduction by Paul Churcher, Essay by Milton Moon,
Publishing details: privately printed, 2016, 24pp
Moon Miltonview full entry
Reference: see Roy and Betty Churcher - 25 Years in Wamboin. Catalogue with price list for 43 works inderted. Illustrated. Introduction by Paul Churcher, Essay by Milton Moon,
Publishing details: privately printed, 2016, 24pp
Christofides Andrewview full entry
Reference: Towards intuition 1982 - 2003 / Andrew Christofides. By Paul Thomas, (writer of added commentary.) Includes biographical information. Illustrated. King Street Gallery on William, (host institution)
Publishing details: King Street Gallery on William, 2018, 38 pages : colour illustrations
Ref: 143
Fielder Errollview full entry
Reference: Errol Fielder - Memoirs. includes essays and biographical information, illustrated.
Publishing details: Wagga Wagga Art Gallery, 2016, 50pp
Ref: 143
Jones S Aview full entry
Reference: Systematic Abstractions. paintings by S. A. Jones 1967-2007, essays and biographical information, illusrated.
Publishing details: Helen Maxwell Gallery, 2008 (?) 77pp.signed copy
Ref: 144
Moynihan Danielview full entry
Reference: Australian Galleries exhibition catalogue, essay by Hendrik Kolenberg ‘ Daniel Moynihan’s Tasmanian Tiger Prints’. Biographical information, 15 illustrations
Publishing details: Australian Galleries , 1998 (?) 6pp folding card
Ref: 143
O'Connor Derekview full entry
Reference: Derek O'Connor, Canberra Museum and Art Gallery exhibition catalogue, essay, illustrations and biographical information
Publishing details: Canberra Museum and Art Gallery, 2008,
Ref: 143
Quah Ericview full entry
Reference: Melalui jendela masa = windows to childhood / Eric Quah. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Art Salon, Bangsar Baru, Kuala Lumpur, December 6-21, 1996.
Includes bibliographical references.
Eric Quah: opening a window - Specer Yap and Celia Yap
Foreword: multicultural arts Victoria - Fotis Kapetopoulos
Windows to childhood - Susan McCulloch
Through the windows of time - Helen Ann Peters
Within and without life bitter-sweet experience - J. Anu
Profile: Eric Quah.
Publishing details: Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia : Art Salon, 1996.
39 p. : col. ill. ; 21 cm. inscribed by artist.
Ref: 144
Quah Ericview full entry
Reference: To the new millennium / Eric Quah. Catalogue of an exhibition held at Art Salon, Bangsar Baru, Kuala Lumpur, September 9 - 22, 1999.
Includes bibliographical references.

Publishing details: Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia : Art Salon, 1999.
35 p. : col. ill. ; 21 cm.
Ref: 1000
Primrose Claireview full entry
Reference: Claire Primrose - selected works, essay by Peter Haynes, biography, list of works, illustrated
Publishing details: Stanley Street Gallery, Canberra, 2015, 24pp
Ref: 144
Welch Nicoleview full entry
Reference: Nicole Welch : Eastern interiors : explorations from Bathurst to Albury. Welch, Olivia, (author.)
Murray Art Museum Albury, (host institution.)
Exhibition dates: 1 - 26 September 2015, Brenda May Gallery, Sydney ; 10 - 13 September 2015, Sydney Contemporary, Carriageworks, Sydney ; 12 November - 13 December 2015, Murray Art Museum Albury ; 1 July - 14 August 2016, Bathurst Regional Art Gallery.
Essay by Olivia Welch.
Includes bibliographical references.


Publishing details: Albury, NSW : Murray Art Museum Albury, [2015]. 19 pages : colour illustrations ; 21 cm.


Ref: 144
Roberts Lukeview full entry
Reference: Vanitas : Pope Alice presents Luke Roberts.
Publishing details: Brisbane : Institute of Modern Art, 1999.
64 pages : illustrations ; 28 cm.


picture boards see Governor Arthur’s or Governor Davey’s proclamationview full entry
Reference: see Other picture boards in Van Diemen’s Land: The recovery of lost illustrations of frontier violence and relationships
Nicholas Dean Brodie and Kristyn Harman, in ABORIGINAL HISTORY VOL 41 2017
Governor Arthur’s or Governor Davey’s proclamationview full entry
Reference: see Other picture boards in Van Diemen’s Land: The recovery of lost illustrations of frontier violence and relationships
Nicholas Dean Brodie and Kristyn Harman, in ABORIGINAL HISTORY VOL 41 2017
Weekes Trevorview full entry
Reference: Trojan Life - Macquarie Galleries exhibition. biography plus sort stement by Peter Emmett
Publishing details: Macquarie Galleries, 1987 (?). 4pp folding card
Ref: 136
Olympic Games exhibition 1956view full entry
Reference: A Guide to The Exhibitions with Introductory Commentaries on the Arts in Australia. Includes brief biographical information on numerous artists, printmakers, designers, commercial artists, industrial designers, ceramicists.
Publishing details: The Olympic Civic Committee of The Melbourne CouncilCity Council, 1956, hc
designersview full entry
Reference: see A Guide to The Exhibitions with Introductory Commentaries on the Arts in Australia. Includes brief biographical information on numerous artists, printmakers, designers, commercial artists, industrial designers, ceramicists.
Publishing details: The Olympic Civic Committee of The Melbourne CouncilCity Council, 1956, hc
commercial artistsview full entry
Reference: see A Guide to The Exhibitions with Introductory Commentaries on the Arts in Australia. Includes brief biographical information on numerous artists, printmakers, designers, commercial artists, industrial designers, ceramicists.
Publishing details: The Olympic Civic Committee of The Melbourne CouncilCity Council, 1956, hc
industrial designersview full entry
Reference: see A Guide to The Exhibitions with Introductory Commentaries on the Arts in Australia. Includes brief biographical information on numerous artists, printmakers, designers, commercial artists, industrial designers, ceramicists.
Publishing details: The Olympic Civic Committee of The Melbourne CouncilCity Council, 1956, hc
ceramicistsview full entry
Reference: see A Guide to The Exhibitions with Introductory Commentaries on the Arts in Australia. Includes brief biographical information on numerous artists, printmakers, designers, commercial artists, industrial designers, ceramicists.
Publishing details: The Olympic Civic Committee of The Melbourne CouncilCity Council, 1956, hc
Pickering Larryview full entry
Reference: Pickering's year / [by] Larry Pickering [cartoons published during 1975 in the Sydney Morning Herald and National Times.]
Publishing details: John Fairfax and Sons, 1975 
[64] p. : ill. ;
McCubbin Frederick On the Wallaby Trackview full entry
Reference: see article ‘Anatomy of an Artwork’, in Look Magazine, Dec., 2021 - Jan. 2022, p24-5
Neilson Judithview full entry
Reference: see article ‘The Collector’s Tale’, in Look Magazine, Dec., 2021 - Jan. 2022, p28-32
White Rabbit Galleryview full entry
Reference: see article ‘The Collector’s Tale’, in Look Magazine, Dec., 2021 - Jan. 2022, p28-32
Smart Sallyview full entry
Reference: see article ‘Scissor Sister’, in Look Magazine, Dec., 2021 - Jan. 2022, p38-42
Shead Garryview full entry
Reference: see Tharunka (Kensington, UNSW 
Tue 27 Feb 1968, Page 12 Interview with artist
Gibson John attributedview full entry
Reference: Corresponence from John McPhee to Stephen Scheding re an inn sign, c1870, (i the Hawkesbury Regional Museum) signed Gibson and possibly by sign/carriage painter James Gibson. (James’ son was also a sign/carriage painter.)
Ref: 138
Reg (cartoonist) Chris O’Doherty aka Reg Mombassa view full entry
Reference:
Henrot Camille (French/American)view full entry
Reference: CAMILLE HENROT / Dr Simon Maidment (editor) ; Dan Fox (author) ; Jane Devery (author) ; Clara Meister (author)Henrot's diverse practice combines film, drawing, and sculpture. Taking inspiration from subjects as varied as literature, mythology, cinema, anthropology, evolutionary biology, religion and the banality of everyday life, Henrot’s work acutely reconsiders the typologies of objects and established systems of knowledge.
Publishing details: Melbourne, VIC : National Gallery of Victoria, 2020, (hardback)

Ref: 1000
Cobb Ronview full entry
Reference: see Chiswick Auctions
January 26, 2022, 3:00 PM GMT
London, United Kingdom, lot 1200, RONALD COBB (AMERICAN-AUSTRALIAN 1937-2020) CARTOONIST/DESIGNER
Erotic Cartoons
21 original erotic illustrations from Mayfair Magazine, depicting women in revealing poses mostly while engaged in sport and music activities, signed 'Ronald Cobb' (one signed 'Ronald A. Cobb'), pen and black ink and watercolour, all unframed, c.390 x 260 mm. n.p. [c.1989] (21)


***Cobb an American/Australian artist well known for design work on major Hollywood Sci-Fi productions including Star-Wars, Alien and Conan the Barbarian to name but a few.
Fitzmaurice L R illustratorview full entry
Reference: Stokes (John Lort). Discoveries in Australia; with an account of the coasts and rivers explored and surveyed during the Voyage of H.M.S. Beagle in the years 1837-38-39-40-41-42-43. By Command of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. Also a narrative of Captain Owen Stanley's visits to the islands of the Arafura Sea, 2 volumes, 1st edition,
Publishing details: London: T. and W. Boone. 1846, 26 engraved and lithographed plates, 8 folding maps including 6 contained in front pockets, advertisements front and rear, original 1st issue blue blind stamped cloth, spines gilt with kangaroo and emu vignette at foot, 8vo
Ref: 1000
Wengel Peterview full entry
Reference: see 4th Meridian Fine Art auction
January 30, 2022, 4:00 PM PST
Penticton, BC, CA
Lot 17: Peter Wengel, Roney Home,1963, oil on canvas
"Roney Home" oil on canvas, 1963. Peter Magnus Wengel was born in Winnipeg, Canada in 1942 and began his career in art as a student of the noted Canadian artist Georgie Wilcox. He studied Fine Arts at the University of Manitoba and completed two painting courses at the Banff School of Fine Arts in the heart of the scenic Canadian Rocky Mountains. He then spent about four years travelling and painting in both Eastern Canada and Western Canada. During this time, he immersed himself in painting the varied landscapes from Ontario, west across the Prairies, through the Rocky Mountains, to the Pacific Coast. In 1968 he was successful in gaining admission to the prestigious Alberta College of Art in Calgary, where he studied full-time for four years. It was here that his horizons broadened to encompass abstract and impressionist styles, in addition to the more realistic style on which he had previously focused. His earlier works had usually been executed in oils, but at the Alberta College of Art he embraced the use of acrylics, watercolours, charcoal, and pen-and-ink. He also acquired the skills involved in different types of print-making, such as batik, screen-printing, lithographs, serigraphs etc. He graduated from the College in 1972, having majored in Painting and Drawing. An Artist Behind the Scenes Whilst at the Alberta College of Art, Peter had undertaken an additional course – Scenic Art – that was not part of the regular curriculum. This was to prove the foundation for much of his career in the years following. He worked as a Scenic Painter for the Vancouver Opera Association for several years, and for the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation in Vancouver for nearly ten years. Across the Globe In 1985 Peter moved to Sydney, Australia, with his Australian wife and their son. His first freelance job in Sydney was painting a large backdrop of the New York skyline for the movie Crocodile Dundee, which was in the early stages of production at that time. For four years Peter was employed by Australia's ABC and Channel 7 television networks as a Scenic Artist. He then spent twelve years as a Scenic Artist with Opera Australia, where his work was featured in countless opera productions at the Sydney Opera House and touring performances around Australia. Peter was still employed by Opera Australia at the time of his death in 2002.
Dimensions
20.5 " x 24.5"
Artist or Maker
Peter Wengel (Canadian 1942 - 2002)
Medium
oil on canvas board
Date
1963
Provenance
Private collection; Penticton, BC.
Notes
Signed. Titled and dated verso.
Nankivell Frank 1869–-1959view full entry
Reference: see Auctions at Showplace
January 27, 2022, 10:00 AM EST
New York, NY, US, lot 337, Frank Nankivell (Australian,1869– 1959), "We Three" political cartoon, lithograph, 1908, signed in plate, published in Puck magazine. Image: 13" H x 9" W; frame: 19" H x 15" W
Wiese Kurtview full entry
Reference: see Christian Hesse Auktionen
January 29, 2022, 10:00 AM CET
Hamburg-Winterhude , Germany, lot Lot 324: Kurt Wiese. Blankenese 1909:

Kurt Meadow. Blankenese 1909 (cover title). 25 watercolor ink drawings and calligraphy. With handwritten and signed dedication. 18 sheets in linen album with title embossed in gold (20.5 : 16 cm).

Original sketchbook by the painter and later successful book illustrator Kurt Wiese (1887-1974). As a merchant apprentice, he first moved to Hamburg from his native town of Minden and traveled from there to China in 1909. After the beginning of the war, Wiese was taken prisoner by the Japanese, handed over to the British army and thus ended up in Australia. There he began to work seriously as an artist, lived in Brazil in the early 1920s and in the USA from 1927 until his death. He illustrated numerous books, including many children's and school books. - The Hamburg memoir is on the front page »Dedicated to Frau Emmy Sievers in memory of the summer of 1909 by her grateful foster son Kurt Wiese«. - The little picture story begins with a view of the Süllberg and the little poem: »Where the green pig sand | Stretching out of yellow waves | Dorten greets to the right hand | Always clean as licked: Blankenese«, further incidents and people follow from the time of Wiese's stay in Hamburg-Blankenese, his move to Othmarschen ("Although I was given a deadline, which has now passed [...] But I the sky's blue only shines through a narrow shaft, which only makes me even more gloomy«) and includes »Painful, I agree. And let this be the end". - Biographical information from "Kurt Wiese Papers" in the de Grummond Collection of the University of Southern Mississippi.

Convicts unboundview full entry
Reference: Convicts unbound : the story of the Calcutta convicts and their settlement in Australia / Marjorie Tipping. Bibliography: p. 337-344. Includes index. Illustrations to be indexed?
Publishing details: Viking O'Neil, 1988 
xiii, 353 p. : ill., facsims., maps, ports. Map on lining papers.

Ref: 1000
Thomas Wollaston Jview full entry
Reference: see Bargain Hunt Auctions
January 24, 2022, 7:00 PM AEDT
Thornleigh, Australia, lot 9081: Wollaston J. Thomas
(Australia, active 1880-1912)
'Bulli Mountain, NC, NSW',
Watercolour,
Signed & titled lower left.
Thomas is the artist best remembered for his portrait of 'Bushie the Wonder Dog', Australia's first official war dog.
Dimensions
58 x 78 cm. (22.83 x 30.71 in.), Frame: 67 x 87 cm. (26.38 x 34 1/4 in.)
Artist or Maker
Wollaston J. Thomas
Medium
Watercolour,
Condition Report
scattered foxing to paper.
Wykes Henryview full entry
Reference: see MCTEAR'S auction, UK, 2.2.22, lot 351: HENRY WYKES (BRITISH/AUSTRALIAN 1874 - 1984),
PORTRAIT OF A LADY
oil on canvas, signed and dated 1936
image size 58cm x 48cm, overall size 72cm x 62cm
Done Kenview full entry
Reference: Ken Done - Art Design Life, by Amber Cresswell Bell and Ken Done. [’A comprehensive and extensively illustrated monograph on the art and design of Ken Done, celebrating the man, his life's work and his legacy.
Is it not time we placed Done into the context of Streeton and Roberts, Olsen and Nolan - all of whom lived by and painted the harbour? - Glenn Barkley, curator and artist
At once ad man and artist, designer and entrepreneur, Ken Done has achieved what few others have. His signature style has graced ad campaigns and art cars, magazine covers and doona covers, public spaces and landmark cultural events, but it is his unabating passion for painting that sustains him. For more than forty years, Done has chronicled the Australian way, documenting how it feels to be Australian with an exuberance that is immediately recognisable.
Ken Done: Art Design Life documents Done's expansive art and design practice over four decades and provides a fascinating insight into the artist and his oeuvre. The book features both early and lesser-known works, as well as the iconic paintings of Sydney Harbour, the Outback and the reef. It opens an extensive archive, providing readers in-depth access to the catalogue of fashion and homewares, and the designs that came to define an era.
This book celebrates the man, his work and his enduring legacy, which has captured hearts around the world.’]
Publishing details: Thames and Hudson (Australia) Pty Ltd, 2021, 320pp
Ref: 1000
Griffin Marion Mahony view full entry
Reference: Making Magic - The Marion Mahony Griffin Story. By Glenda Korporal. [’She was the American woman who changed Australian history. She broke through barriers for women in architecture and spent 15 years working for Chicago architect Frank Lloyd Wright, in the formative years of the Prairie School of Architecture. Then she teamed up with Walter Burley Griffin working with him in winning the design contest for the new Australian capital city, Canberra. She was an architect, artist, environmentalist, social observer and community builder, yet her work has been constantly overshadowed by the famous men in her life. The first biography of Marion Mahony Griffin in her own right, Making Magic tells Marion's story. It dates back to the days of Abraham Lincoln who was friends with her grandparents as a travelling lawyer in Illinois. It follows the story of her life over three continents - America, Australia and India. And her love affair with her husband which produced such historic results. A woman with a fierce sense of idealism and a passion for nature, Marion always had a mind of her own. She developed fine artistic and architectural skills which helped to make Wright and then Griffin famous. A woman in a man's world, she made history with her pioneering role as a female architect. Her creative work was sheer magic. Faced with her own challenges, she drew on her energy and creativity to refashion her role in a new country. She was instrumental in setting up a unique community in the Sydney suburb of Castlecrag. Her paintings, drawings and descriptions of the Australian bushland produced another exercise in magic. Yet few know her real story. Making Magic comes as Marion's role is now being recognised with accolades in America and Australia. Northwestern University Professor David Van Zanten describes her as the Frida Kahlo of the Chicago school of architecture. "Everywhere and nowhere, forgotten then suddenly remembered, unique in her work." Drawing on her diaries and historical records in libraries in Australia and America, and conversations with Griffin experts home owners and others with links to Marion's life, Making Magic tells the story of a most unusual woman. It puts the case for her recognition as an important figure who emerged from Chicago's Prairie School of architecture and tells an inspiring story of a woman and her own special brand of magic. About the Author: Glenda Korporaal is a journalist and writer based in Sydney, Australia. She has lived in Canberra and Washington, DC, and has a Master of Arts (Economics) from George Washington University, Washington, DC. The author of four books, she has a long time fascination with the work of Frank Lloyd Wright and interest in the ties between Australia and America.’]
Publishing details: BookPod, 2015, 350pp
Scully Seanview full entry
Reference: Sean Scully: Catalogue Raisonné Volume II, 1980-1989, by Marla Price. [’This catalogue, the second volume in a proposed series of five, chronicles Sean Scully's paintings of the 1980s. Beginning with major breakthrough works early in the decade, it profiles the development of Scully's mature style as well as his growing success in America and internationally.Scully, a native of Ireland, was educated in England and moved to the United States in 1975. By the early 1980s, he was established in New York and making works that would influence his work years to come. In works both small (Solomon) and large (Heart of Darkness), Scully developed a powerful style of richly painted stripes and shapes with a masterly control of color and strongly built canvases. In an era of low regard for abstract painting, Scully invigorated and reinvented the form to include rich evocations of places, literature and other art forms, and emotions. By the end of the decade, he was universally regarded as one of the most important artists of the second half of the twentieth century.’]
Publishing details: Hatje Cantz Verlag GmbH & Co KG, 2018
Ref: 1000
Scully Seanview full entry
Reference: Sean Scully Prints Catalogue Raisonne 1968-1999
Publishing details: 1999
Ref: 1000
Dowe Chrisview full entry
Reference: Now at last, by Chris Dowe (artist and Michael Dransfield (1948-1973) (editors). Illustrated with original linocuts and stencil prints, accompanied by stencilled texts, some of which are tipped-in on colour papers. Includes art and texts by Michael Buzacott, John Cardiff, Karen Cairnes, Frances Rouse, Janet Bird, Kathie Woolfe, Stephen Cardiff, Bruce Craig, L. White, Jill Scurfield, Winsome Nicholson, Fiona Craig, Elizabeth Bowden and Chris Dowe. Limited to 30 copies, this is number 24 (manuscript colophon); the contents are in fine condition.
A rare Sydney-made artist’s book conceived and edited by poet and counter-culture figure Michael Dransfield (1948-1973) and artist Chris Dowe. Copies at Monash University and the AGNSW.


Publishing details: Sydney : the artists, circa 1970. Oblong quarto (250 x 305 mm), plain purple cloth (dusty), linocut endpapers by Ann Pickering, pp. [42],
Ref: 1000
Body and self : performance art in Australia 1969 – 92view full entry
Reference: Body and self : performance art in Australia 1969 – 92, by Anne Marsh. “Body and Self: Australian Performance Art 1969-1992 charts the historical course from the happenings of the 1960s, through body art in the 1970s, towards a more political body in the 1980s. Body and Self considers works by Karen Finley, Lyndal Jones, Mike Parr, Peter Kennedy, Bob Ramsay, Jim Cowley, Stuart Brisley, Vito Acconci, Hermann Nitsch, Kevin Mortensen, Jill Orr, Arthur Wicks, Jude Walton, Ken Unsworth and Jill Scott among others. It maps the shifts and changes in critical theory and practice associated with post-modernism, and focuses primarily on the artists’ representations of the individual subject in the world. Marxism, feminism, structuralism, theories of the body and the ‘subject’, psychoanalysis and deconstruction are all considered in relation to an art practice concerned with the body. This book reconstructs the performances for the reader and is accompanied by over 150 images, many of which have never been published before.” – the lower wrapper.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1993. Quarto, illustrated wrappers (creased), pp. [vii], 262, illustrated, erratum slip enclosed.
Ref: 1000
performance art in Australia 1969 – 92view full entry
Reference: see Body and self : performance art in Australia 1969 – 92, by Anne Marsh. “Body and Self: Australian Performance Art 1969-1992 charts the historical course from the happenings of the 1960s, through body art in the 1970s, towards a more political body in the 1980s. Body and Self considers works by Karen Finley, Lyndal Jones, Mike Parr, Peter Kennedy, Bob Ramsay, Jim Cowley, Stuart Brisley, Vito Acconci, Hermann Nitsch, Kevin Mortensen, Jill Orr, Arthur Wicks, Jude Walton, Ken Unsworth and Jill Scott among others. It maps the shifts and changes in critical theory and practice associated with post-modernism, and focuses primarily on the artists’ representations of the individual subject in the world. Marxism, feminism, structuralism, theories of the body and the ‘subject’, psychoanalysis and deconstruction are all considered in relation to an art practice concerned with the body. This book reconstructs the performances for the reader and is accompanied by over 150 images, many of which have never been published before.” – the lower wrapper.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Oxford University Press, 1993. Quarto, illustrated wrappers (creased), pp. [vii], 262, illustrated, erratum slip enclosed.
Minymalu kanyirrantjaview full entry
Reference: Minymalu kanyirrantja : a Western Desert women’s aesthetic. Women’s form and aesthetics from the Western Desert. Decorated and undecorated bowls from the Ngaanyatjarra Lands. By Gary proctor. Ngaanyatjarra women talk about collecting bush tucker, using containers that they have made and grinding seeds with grindstones. Text in English and Ngaanyatjarra.
Publishing details: [Alice Springs?] : Ngaanyatjarra Council, 1990. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. [38], illustrated, light handling marks.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal art and aestheticsview full entry
Reference: see Minymalu kanyirrantja : a Western Desert women’s aesthetic. Women’s form and aesthetics from the Western Desert. Decorated and undecorated bowls from the Ngaanyatjarra Lands. By Gary proctor. Ngaanyatjarra women talk about collecting bush tucker, using containers that they have made and grinding seeds with grindstones. Text in English and Ngaanyatjarra.
Publishing details: [Alice Springs?] : Ngaanyatjarra Council, 1990. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. [38], illustrated, light handling marks.
Andrew Brookview full entry
Reference: Dual/Duel (yellow binding), by Brook Andrew & Trent Walter / and an interview with, and protocol guidance by, Maxine Briggs.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Garru Editions, Brook Andrew Studio and Negative Press, 2021 (printed in 2020). Quarto, gilt-blocked yellow cloth,
Ref: 1000
Marralwanga Peterview full entry
Reference: An exhibition of paintings by Djakku (Peter Marralwanga)
Publishing details: Perth : Aboriginal Traditional Arts Gallery in conjunction with Maningrida Arts and Crafts, 1981. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, stapled spine, pp. [34], illustrated. Limited to 240 numbered copies.

Ref: 1000
Lindsay Normanview full entry
Reference: Elegy for an airman. By Douglas Stewart. With decorations by Norman Lindsay
Publishing details: Sydney: Frank C. Johnson, 1940. Duodecimo, illustrated wrappers (tape repair along spine), 48pp., Lindsay illustrations throughout. Limited to 500 copies
Ref: 1000
Hermannsburg watercoloursview full entry
Reference: Hermannsburg watercolours : a folio of early Aboriginal watercolourists from the Hermannsburg school of painting, by Gus Williams.
Publishing details: [Hermannsburg, NT] : Ntaria Council, [1992?]. Folio, illustrated wrappers (marked), pp. [24]; text, 11 tiped-in colour plates by Albert Namatjira and other artists of the Hermannsburg School. Loosely enclosed : opening exhibition catalogue from the Hermannsburg Art Gallery, 1992, folded sheet with list of artists and their works.
Ref: 1000
Bertram Stevens Memorial Exhibitionview full entry
Reference: Bertram Stevens Memorial Exhibition, April 5th till April 15th, 1922. (upper wrapper with portrait of Bertram Stevens, lower wrapper with illustration by Adrian Feint), pp. [12], catalogue of 168 works, including works by Will Ashton, Dorrit Black, Margaret Preston, Martin Stainforth, May Gibbs, Roland Wakelin, Grace Cossington Smith, Penleigh Boyd, Roy de Maistre, John Longstaff, …
Publishing details: Small quarto, illustrated self-wrappers, 1922
Ref: 1000
Stevens Bertram view full entry
Reference: see Bertram Stevens Memorial Exhibition, April 5th till April 15th, 1922. (upper wrapper with portrait of Bertram Stevens, lower wrapper with illustration by Adrian Feint), pp. [12], catalogue of 168 works, including works by Will Ashton, Dorrit Black, Margaret Preston, Martin Stainforth, May Gibbs, Roland Wakelin, Grace Cossington Smith, Penleigh Boyd, Roy de Maistre, John Longstaff, …
Publishing details: Small quarto, illustrated self-wrappers, 1922
Namatjira Albert (1902-1959view full entry
Reference: Aboriginal Art from Central Australia / Albert Namatjira, includes works: Mt. Razorback, MacDonnell Ranges (Collection of H. P. Davis), The Amphitheatre, Palm Valley (Collection of Hermannsburg Memorial Art Gallery), Mt. Hermannsburg, James Range (Collection of Rev. F. W. Albrecht), Ghost Gum and Mt. Sonder, MacDonnell Ranges (Collection of F. W. Albrecht), Haast Bluff, MacDonnell Ranges (Collection of Rev. F. W. Albrecht), Amulda Gorge, James Range (Collection of R. L. Gair); rear flap: ‘Albert Namatjira (Arunta Tribe) works in the traditional manner and is famous for his watercolours painted mostly around his birth-place at Hermannsburg in Central Australia’.
Publishing details: Sydney, N.S.W. : Legend Press, [circa 1955]. “Series No. 2”. Illustrated mailing envelope, 110 x 160 mm, with foldout of six colour reproductions of paintings by Namatjira, each 95 x 135 mm.

Ref: 1000
Aslanis Georgeview full entry
Reference: George Aslanis - Master Degree Exhibition. George Aslanis Ceramics exhibition.
Publishing details: Melbourne : La Trobe University Gallery, 1987. Octavo, illustrated wrappers, pp. [4], two tipped in photographs, artist’s statement.
Ref: 1000
Elenberg Joel 1948 - 1980view full entry
Reference: Joel Elenberg, includes portrait, reproduction and artist’s statement ‘Where is art’, reproducing Elenberg’s handwriting. Enigmatic publication from the Australian artist who died tragically young.
Publishing details: [S.l. : s.n., circa 1975]. Folded card, large octavo,
Ref: 1000
Audette Yvonneview full entry
Reference: Constructions in colour : the work of Yvonne Audette 1950s-1960s, by Kelly Gellatly,

Publishing details: Melbourne : Heide Museum of Modern Art, [2000].. Small quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 16, illustrated. Printed in an edition of 700 copies.
Ref: 1009
Rees Lloydview full entry
Reference: A tribute to Lloyd Rees : Warana Festival, 1975, by Renee Free.Text by Renee Free, catalogue of 62 works.
Publishing details: [Brisbane] : Queensland Art Gallery, 1975. Quarto, lettered wrappers with tipped-on image, stapled, pp. [16], typescript.
Ref: 1000
Amoreview full entry
Reference: Amore : Susan Fereday, Jeff Gibson, Rosemary Laing, Sally Couacaud (curator)
essay by Edward Colless. 13 November - 8 December, 1990. With biogfraphies
Publishing details: Sydney : Artspace, 1990. Exhibition catalogue, folded sheet, pp. [6], illustrated,
Ref: 148
Meredith Louisa Annview full entry
Reference: Twentie botanical studies by Louisa Ann Meredith, essay by Stephen Rainbird, catalogue of works.
Publishing details: Burnie [Tas.] : Burnie Art Gallery, 1979. Exhibition catalogue folded sheet
Ref: 1000
Nilsson Leifview full entry
Reference: Leif Nilsson. Swedish artist who emigrated to Australia.
Publishing details: Melbourne : East West Art, 1988. Octavo, exhibition catalogue, pp. [8], illustrated, essays, invitation card enclosed.
Ref: 1000
Leason Percyview full entry
Reference: Exhibition of paintings by Percy Leason 1889 – 1959, includes illustrations, essay, catalogue.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Joseph Brown Gallery, 1972. Exhibition catalogue, folded card, pp. [6],
Ref: 1009
Dhuwarrwarr Marikaview full entry
Reference: Marika Dhuwarrwarr: Milngurr – the sacred spring.illustrated, essay by Will Stubbs.
Publishing details:
Melbourne : Vivien Anderson Gallery, 2008. Exhibition catalogue, folded card, pp. [6],
Ref: 1000
Melbourne Catholic Diocesan exhibition 1948view full entry
Reference: Melbourne Catholic Diocesan Centenary Art Exhibition. [Religious art?] no illustrations. Includes works by Max Meldrum, Paul Haefliger, Donald Friend, Thelma Fisher, Ola Cohn, Hans Knorr, Carl Duldig, Andor Meszaros, Clifford Last, Arthur Murch and others.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Melbourne Catholic Diocesan Centenary, [1948]. Octavo, lettered wrappers, lightly foxed, pp. 12,
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see New Tracks Old Land - Contemporary Prints from Aboriginal Australia, edited by Chris McGuigan [to be indexed]
Includes works by the following artists.
Fatima Kantilla
Dennis Nona
Paddy Dhatahgu
George Milpurrurru
Charlie Djurritjini
Fiona Foley
Lin Onus
Jimmy Pike
David Malangi
Turkey Tolson Tjupurrla
Doris Gingingara
Maria Tipuamantumirri
Peter Skipper
Martin Dougal
Mary Anne Purlta
Jarinyanu David Downs
Paddy Carroll Tjungarrayi
Treahna Hamm
Donna Leslie
Karen Casey
Arone Raymond Meeks
Narritjin Maymuru
Johnny Bulun Bulun
England Bangala
Kevin Gilbert
Paddy Fordham Wainburranga
Banduk Marika
Bede Tungutalum
Donna Burak.
Philip Gudthaykudthay
Paddy Dhatangu
Manydjarri
Naminapu Maymuru
Henry Moore
Bea Moddick
Willie Tjungurrayi
Ellen Jose
Pooaraar Bevan hayward

Publishing details: Aboriginal Arts Management Association, 1992, 76pp
Amor Rickview full entry
Reference: Rick Amor : drawings
Publishing details: Melbourne : Niagara Galleries, 1997. Octavo, exhibition catalogue, folded sheet, pp. [8], illustrated, l
Ref: 1000
Lister Anthonyview full entry
Reference: Lister - photographic illustrations of the artist and his paintings, with angsty text.
Publishing details: Sydney : Anthony Lister, 2013. Artist made zine, yellow wrappers, pp. [24],
Ref: 1000
Lister Anthonyview full entry
Reference: Anthony Lister : the beautiful misery

Publishing details: Sydney : Olsen Irwin, 2013. Exhibition flyer, folded card, pp. [6], illustrations.


Ref: 1000
Together alone - Australian and New Zealand fashionview full entry
Reference: Together alone : Australian and New Zealand fashion, by Peter Shand, et aliaillustrated, essays and catalogue
Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, 2009. Octavo, lettered wrappers, pp. 32,
Ref: 1000
fashion - Australian and New Zealand view full entry
Reference: see Together alone : Australian and New Zealand fashion, by Peter Shand, et aliaillustrated, essays and catalogue
Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, 2009. Octavo, lettered wrappers, pp. 32,
Living waterview full entry
Reference: Living water : contemporary art of the far Western Desert

Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, 2011. Octavo, illustrated gatefold wrapper, pp. 44, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Living water : contemporary art of the far Western Desert

Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, 2011. Octavo, illustrated gatefold wrapper, pp. 44, illustrated.
Gabori Sally view full entry
Reference: Mirdidingkingathi Juwarnda Sally Gabori : dulka warngiid - land of all, by Judith Ryan, et al.
[’This beautifully illustrated publication features works drawn from public and private collections in an exhibition surveying the life and work of the late Mirdidingkingathi Juwarnda Sally Gabori c.1924–2015, the distinguished senior Kaiadilt woman artist from Bentinck Island in the Queensland’s Gulf of Carpentaria. One of Australia’s most extraordinary practitioners, Mrs Gabori was incredibly prolific over her short career. Her indefatigable zeal to communicate her stories, knowledge, and experiences accumulated over an incredible life- spanning over 90 years from traditional life to the coming of the Australian frontier to contemporary globalised Australia – won her great admiration and has left an astonishing cultural legacy..]

Publishing details: Brisbane : Queensland Art Gallery, 2016. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 144, edges stained pink, illustrated throughout.
Ref: 1009
This their dreamingview full entry
Reference: This their dreaming. Legends of the panels of Aboriginal art in the Yirrkala Church. Traces the stories and culture of Arnhem Land contained in two large murals in the Yirrkala Church.
Publishing details: Brisbane : University of Queensland Press, 1971. Small quarto, illustrated cloth in illustrated dustjacket (light handling marks), pp. 76, illustrated,
Ref: 1000
Contemporary Australian Art view full entry
Reference: see Contemporary Australian Art - collected by Neil McEacharn. A major private collection of Australian paintings including important works by Russell Drysdale, William Dobell, Margaret Preston. Eric Wilson, Nora Heysen, Donald Friend, Adrian Feint, Elaine Haxton, Douglas Annand and others.

Publishing details: Ure Smith nd [1946?], 50pp. Designed by Alistair Morrison. Limited to 500 copies for private circulation.
An exhibition of women’s achievements in the artsview full entry
Reference: An exhibition of women’s achievements in the arts. Catalogue of an exhibition held at David Jones’ Art Gallery, featuring works by Judy Cassab, Alison Rehfisch, Grace Crowley, Margaret Olley. Margaret Preston, Thea Proctor, Grace Cossington Smith, Adelaide Perry, Jean Bellette, Constance Stokes, Nora Heysen, Elaine Haxton, Margel Hinder and others, with prices.

Publishing details: Sydney : The National Council of Women of N.S.W., 1960. Quarto, lettered wrappers (creased), pp. [12], no illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Jesson Robert view full entry
Reference: Robert Jesson : recent sculpturecatalogue of works, cover illustration, biography.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Charles Nodrum Gallery, 1990. Exhibition catalogue, folding card
Ref: 1000
Lee Lindyview full entry
Reference: Lindy Lee, by Benjamin Genocchio and and Melissa Chiu.


Publishing details: Sydney : Craftsman House, 2001. Octavo, lettered papered boards (lightly marked), pp. 60, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Story of the Camera in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see The Story of the Camera in Australia, by Jack Cato
Publishing details: iap, 1979 (third edition), hc, dw, 187pp
Audette Yvonneview full entry
Reference: Yvonne Audette : different directions, 1954-1966. This exhibition catalogue accompanies an exhibition of the same name. It focuses on Yvonne Audette’s expatriate years as a student in New York and living and working in Florence and Milan.
Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, 2007. Octavo, illustrated wrappers, pp. [30], illustrated.
Ref: 1009
Bentinck Project Theview full entry
Reference: THE Bentinck Project.
Contents:
Burldamurra rarumbanda maku : three Kaiadilt women : Nicholas Evans, Penny Johnson Mirdidingkingathi juwarnda : Sally Gabori Thunduyingathi bijarrb : May Moodoonuthi Wirrngajingathi bijarrb kurdalangk / Dawn Naranatjil Who are the Kaiadilt people, where do they come from and where does their art come from? /Paul Memmott Kuruwarriyingathi Bijarrb : Paula Paul Birrmuiyngathi Maali : Netta Loogatha Influence amonst kin / Simon Turner Rayarriwarrtharrbayingathi mingungurra : Amy Loogatha Warthardangathi bijarrba : Ethel Thomas (Loogatha) The BI Art Gang / Brett Evans.

Publishing details: Woolloongabba Art Gallery, 2006. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 57, illustrated.

Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see The Bentinck Project.
Contents:
Burldamurra rarumbanda maku : three Kaiadilt women : Nicholas Evans, Penny Johnson Mirdidingkingathi juwarnda : Sally Gabori Thunduyingathi bijarrb : May Moodoonuthi Wirrngajingathi bijarrb kurdalangk / Dawn Naranatjil Who are the Kaiadilt people, where do they come from and where does their art come from? /Paul Memmott Kuruwarriyingathi Bijarrb : Paula Paul Birrmuiyngathi Maali : Netta Loogatha Influence amonst kin / Simon Turner Rayarriwarrtharrbayingathi mingungurra : Amy Loogatha Warthardangathi bijarrba : Ethel Thomas (Loogatha) The BI Art Gang / Brett Evans.

Publishing details: Woolloongabba Art Gallery, 2006. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 57, illustrated.

Waterhouse Jview full entry
Reference: Exhibition of drawings by J. Waterhouse
Publishing details: Sydney : The Macquarie Galleries, circa 1930. Octavo, lettered wrappers, pp. 8, staples rusted, light foxing, foreword by Lionel Lindsay, two reproductions, catalogue of 52 works with prices.

Ref: 1000
Unfinished business view full entry
Reference: Unfinished business : perspectives on art and feminism. By Paola Balla, et al.
Contents:
• Partner’s Preface / Carol Schwartz AM
• Foreword / Linda Mickleborough
• Unfinished Business / Max Delany
• Unfinished Feminism, Unceasing Activism: Australian Art Over Five Decades / Julie Ewington
• Thank You / Annika Kristensen I Can’t Believe I Still Have to Protest This Fucking Shit / Vikki McInnes
• Blak Female Futurism and YTE Feminism Waves / Paola Balla
• When Art Meets Feminism / Elvis Richardson
• Cyberfeminist Bedsheet / Linda Dement
• History is a Soft Clay Medium: Eugenia Lim and Salote Tawale / Laura Castagnini
• Women With Us / Ellen van Neerven Gender Equity and the Classroom: The Fitzroy High School Feminist Collective / Nat Thomas
• On Art, the Predator, and the Graveyard of Modern Celebrity Gardening / Van Badham
• Feminism and Art: Not Done Yet / Jude Adams
• Film Program
• Performance Program
• List of Works
• Contributors
• Acknowledgements.
Publishing details: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [2017]. Octavo illustrated gatefold wrappers, pp. 147, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
feminismview full entry
Reference: Unfinished business : perspectives on art and feminism. By Paola Balla, et al.
Contents:
• Partner’s Preface / Carol Schwartz AM
• Foreword / Linda Mickleborough
• Unfinished Business / Max Delany
• Unfinished Feminism, Unceasing Activism: Australian Art Over Five Decades / Julie Ewington
• Thank You / Annika Kristensen I Can’t Believe I Still Have to Protest This Fucking Shit / Vikki McInnes
• Blak Female Futurism and YTE Feminism Waves / Paola Balla
• When Art Meets Feminism / Elvis Richardson
• Cyberfeminist Bedsheet / Linda Dement
• History is a Soft Clay Medium: Eugenia Lim and Salote Tawale / Laura Castagnini
• Women With Us / Ellen van Neerven Gender Equity and the Classroom: The Fitzroy High School Feminist Collective / Nat Thomas
• On Art, the Predator, and the Graveyard of Modern Celebrity Gardening / Van Badham
• Feminism and Art: Not Done Yet / Jude Adams
• Film Program
• Performance Program
• List of Works
• Contributors
• Acknowledgements.
Publishing details: Australian Centre for Contemporary Art, [2017]. Octavo illustrated gatefold wrappers, pp. 147, illustrated.
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Beyond the pale : contemporary indigenous art : 2000 Adelaide Biennial of Australian Art / Art Gallery of South Australia ; curated by Brenda L. Croft. Adelaide Biennial of Australian Art (2000). Includes works by Ian W. Abdulla; Destiny Deacon; Julie Dowling; Lola Greeno; Gordon Hookey; Gertie Huddleston; Kitty Kantilla/Kutuwalumi Purawarrumpatu; Yvonne Koolmatrie; Abraham Mongkorrerre; Clinton Nain; Rosella Namok; Mitjili Napurrula; Jimmy Njiminjuma; Lena Nyadbi; Kathleen Petyarre; Rea; Ginger Riley; Darren Siwes; Long Tom Tjapanangka; Ken Thaiday Sr; Judy Watson; Joyce Winsley & Pedro Wonaeamirri.


Publishing details: Art Gallery Board of South Australia, 2000, 112 p. : col. ill., map
Kunwinjku art from Injalak 1991-1992view full entry
Reference: Kunwinjku art from Injalak, 1991-1992, the John W. Kluge Commission. ‘“The artists of the Injalak Arts and Crafts Association, together with the people of Gunbalanya (Oenpelli), are proud to introduce Kunwinjku art from Injalak, 1991-1992 : the John W. Kluge commission. This collection comprises forty five paintings that depict important Dreamings that are of great significance to the Kunwinjku people. Working on this commission was a unique opportunity for the artists and elders of Gunbalanya to collaborate on a comprehensive and multi-faceted project. It is the first time that we have worked together in such a way, and the results have been very satisfying.”–Page 10. Examines the art of the Gunbalunya area of Western Arnhem Land, its overriding importance to the people, and records how 15 artists from the region created a collection of 45 paintings to record their culture and stories.’
Publishing details: North Adelaide, South Australia : Museum Art International, 1994. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 151, illustrated.
Ref: 1000
Kluge John W Commissionview full entry
Reference: see Kunwinjku art from Injalak, 1991-1992, the John W. Kluge Commission. ‘“The artists of the Injalak Arts and Crafts Association, together with the people of Gunbalanya (Oenpelli), are proud to introduce Kunwinjku art from Injalak, 1991-1992 : the John W. Kluge commission. This collection comprises forty five paintings that depict important Dreamings that are of great significance to the Kunwinjku people. Working on this commission was a unique opportunity for the artists and elders of Gunbalanya to collaborate on a comprehensive and multi-faceted project. It is the first time that we have worked together in such a way, and the results have been very satisfying.”–Page 10. Examines the art of the Gunbalunya area of Western Arnhem Land, its overriding importance to the people, and records how 15 artists from the region created a collection of 45 paintings to record their culture and stories.’
Publishing details: North Adelaide, South Australia : Museum Art International, 1994. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 151, illustrated.
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Kunwinjku art from Injalak, 1991-1992, the John W. Kluge Commission. ‘“The artists of the Injalak Arts and Crafts Association, together with the people of Gunbalanya (Oenpelli), are proud to introduce Kunwinjku art from Injalak, 1991-1992 : the John W. Kluge commission. This collection comprises forty five paintings that depict important Dreamings that are of great significance to the Kunwinjku people. Working on this commission was a unique opportunity for the artists and elders of Gunbalanya to collaborate on a comprehensive and multi-faceted project. It is the first time that we have worked together in such a way, and the results have been very satisfying.”–Page 10. Examines the art of the Gunbalunya area of Western Arnhem Land, its overriding importance to the people, and records how 15 artists from the region created a collection of 45 paintings to record their culture and stories.’
Publishing details: North Adelaide, South Australia : Museum Art International, 1994. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, pp. 151, illustrated.
Grineau Bryan de 1883-1957view full entry
Reference: see SWORDERS auction, UK, 15 Feb 2022 - 16 Feb 2022, lot 215:
BRYAN DE GRINEAU (1883-1957)
a folio of eight pencil drawings of early 20th century Australian urban scenes, motifs to include Sydney Harbour, Hobart with a view of Mount Franklin, and Manley Street
the majority signed, pencil and charcoal
largest 56 x 76cm (8)

Provenance: Sale of the artist's studio at Christie's South Kensington, c.1990.

Some with folding creases. Some staining throughout. Some tears occurring.
Indigenous art of the dreamingview full entry
Reference: Indigenous art of the dreaming, by Maryanne Hollow.
An exhibition of Aboriginal art held in the lobby of the United Nations, New York organised by Aboriginal Art Galleries of Australia, Jinta Desert Art Gallery, Aboriginal Desert Art Gallery and Fresco Australia.
Publishing details: Melbourne: Aboriginal Art Galleries of Australia, 1999. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Indigenous art of the dreaming, by Maryanne Hollow.
An exhibition of Aboriginal art held in the lobby of the United Nations, New York organised by Aboriginal Art Galleries of Australia, Jinta Desert Art Gallery, Aboriginal Desert Art Gallery and Fresco Australia.
Publishing details: Melbourne: Aboriginal Art Galleries of Australia, 1999. 52 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Obarzanek Simonview full entry
Reference: Simon Obarzanek
Conceptual portrait photography.
Publishing details: Melbourne: Monash Gallery of Art, [2008].
First Edition.
26cm x 22cm. 28 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Ref: 1000
To the Islandsview full entry
Reference: TO THE ISLANDS: EXPLORING WORKS CREATED BY ARTISTS ON DUNK, BEDARRA, AND TIMANA ISLANDS BETWEEN THE 1930S AND 1990S. by Ross Searle. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Townsville: Gallery Services, Townsville City Council, 2013.58 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1009
Mental As Anythingview full entry
Reference: MENTALS III: MENTAL AS ANYTHING'S 3RD OCTENNIAL ART EXHIBITION, by
Mental As Anything
Catalogue for the third exhibition of art by the members of Australian rock band Mental As Anything, Wayne Delisle AKA David 'Bird' Twohill, Peter O'Doherty, Chris O'Doherty AKA Reg Mombassa, Greedy Smith, and Martin Plaza. The exhibition was opened at the Manly Art Gallery, Sydney, by former Prime Minister Gough Whitlam before touring regional galleries for four and a half years. Was also exhibited at Chapel Gallery, Melbourne, and a 6 page price list for the Chapel Gallery show is laid in.
Publishing details: Sydney: Mental As Anything, [1997].
First Edition. [4] pages, colour illustrations. Single folded sheet.
Ref: 1000
Past and Presentview full entry
Reference: Past and Present - Celebrating 60 Years of the QUT Art Collection, 1945-2005, by Suzanne Grano.
Publishing details: Brisbane: QUT Art Museum, 2005. 49 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated french fold wrappers.

Queensland University art collectionview full entry
Reference: see QUT art collectionPAST AND PRESENT: CELEBRATING 60 YEARS OF THE QUT ART COLLECTION, 1945-2005, by Suzanne Grano
Publishing details: Brisbane: QUT Art Museum, 2005.
First Edition. 49 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated french fold wrappers.

QUT art collectionview full entry
Reference: see PAST AND PRESENT: CELEBRATING 60 YEARS OF THE QUT ART COLLECTION, 1945-2005, by Suzanne Grano
Publishing details: Brisbane: QUT Art Museum, 2005.
First Edition. 49 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated french fold wrappers.

Lim Louisview full entry
Reference: STRANGELY FAMILIAR
Louis Lim
Photography project exploring the lives, including sexuality and intimacy, of three people with disabilities from Queensland.
Publishing details: [Brisbane]: Louis Lim, [2012].
First Edition.
30.5cm x 22cm. [52] pages, colour illustrations. Grey cloth, blind lettering.
Ref: 1000
Nancarrow Rolandview full entry
Reference: FROM A GARDEN SOMEWHERE: SCULPTURAL WORKS BY ROLAND NANCARROW, by Roland Nancarrow
Publishing details: [Mourilyan]: Sugarama Gallery, Australian Sugar Industry Museum, 2003. [16] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Nampitjinpa Kawayiview full entry
Reference: Kawayi Nampitjinpa
Catalogue for the first solo exhibition of Papunya Tula artist Kawayi Nampitjinpa. Exhibition promotional card featuring a photographic portrait of the artist laid in.
Publishing details: Darwin: Cross Cultural Art Exchange, 2011. 36 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered wrappers.
Ref: 1000
ALCASTON GALLERY, CAIRNS INDIGENOUS ART FAIR, 2011view full entry
Reference: ALCASTON GALLERY, CAIRNS INDIGENOUS ART FAIR, 2011, Catalogue for Alcaston Gallery artists at the Cairns Indigenous Art Fair and Korea International Art Fair, 2011. Artists include Barney Ellaga, Gulumbu Yunupingu, Barrupu Yunupingu, Karen Mills, Gary Lee, Billy Benn Perrurle, Mick Wikilyiri, Irene Namok, and Garry Namponan.
Publishing details: Melbourne: Alcaston Gallery, 2011.36 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.

Ref: 1000
Painting the Countryview full entry
Reference: Painting the Country - Papunya Tula Artists
Catalogue for a group exhibition of landscapes by Papunya Tula artists.
Publishing details: Darwin: Cross Cultural Art Exchange, 2009.
First Edition.
21cm x 21cm. 24 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Papunya Tula Artistsview full entry
Reference: see Painting the Country - Papunya Tula Artists
Catalogue for a group exhibition of landscapes by Papunya Tula artists.
Publishing details: Darwin: Cross Cultural Art Exchange, 2009.
First Edition.
21cm x 21cm. 24 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Painting the Country - Papunya Tula Artists
Catalogue for a group exhibition of landscapes by Papunya Tula artists.
Publishing details: Darwin: Cross Cultural Art Exchange, 2009.
First Edition.
21cm x 21cm. 24 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Aboriginal art - contemporaryview full entry
Reference: see Painting The Country, Contemporary Aboriginal Art From The Kimberley Region, Western Australia, By John E. Stanton, [’Images of country as depicted by men and women from the Kimberleys, to consolidate their claims to ritual ownership of these lands; paintings; artists.’]
Publishing details: Nedlands, W.A. : University of Western Australia Press, 1989 
48 p. : ill. (chiefly col.), map
YALARI FUNDRAISING AUCTIONview full entry
Reference: YALARI FUNDRAISING AUCTION, FRIDAY 16 OCTOBER 2009
Catalogue for an auction of Aboriginal artwork for non-profit Yalari. Artists include Vernon Ah Kee, Rosella Namok, Tjunkiya Napaltjarri, Lorna Brown Napanangka, Nanyuma Napangardi, Dennis Nona, Gloria Petyarre, Shorty Robertson (Jangala), Alick Tipoti, Barbara Weir, Djirrirra Wunungmurra (Yukuwa), Lena Yarinkura, Eileen Napatjarri, and Vincent Forrester.

Publishing details: Yalari
Oxenford: Yalari, 2009.
First Edition.
21cm x 21cm. [24] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Risley Tomview full entry
Reference: FAMILY CRESTS
Tom Risley

Publishing details: Brisbane: Andrew Baker Art Dealer, 2007.
First Edition.
21cm x 21cm. [36] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Bottari Megan view full entry
Reference: TOUR DE FORCE: IN CASE OF EMERGENCY BREAK GLASS
Megan Bottari

Catalogue for the exhibition of the same name, held from February 11th to April 3rd 2010, at Wagga Wagga Regional Art Gallery.
Publishing details: Wagga Wagga: Artisan, 2010.
First Edition.
21cm x 21cm. [32] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
PRIVATELY COLLECTING: KEN HINDS CULTURAL HERITAGE COLLECTIONview full entry
Reference: PRIVATELY COLLECTING: KEN HINDS CULTURAL HERITAGE COLLECTION
Ken Hinds
First public exhibition of the Ken Hinds collection. Features Australian and Aboriginal artists including Brett Whiteley, Norman Lindsay, Arthur Boyd, Lionel Lindsay, Sidney Nolan, Albert Tucker, and many others.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: 3E Innovative, 2006.
First Edition.
22.5cm x 24cm. 32 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Hinds Ken collectorview full entry
Reference: see PRIVATELY COLLECTING: KEN HINDS CULTURAL HERITAGE COLLECTION
Ken Hinds
First public exhibition of the Ken Hinds collection. Features Australian and Aboriginal artists including Brett Whiteley, Norman Lindsay, Arthur Boyd, Lionel Lindsay, Sidney Nolan, Albert Tucker, and many others.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: 3E Innovative, 2006.
First Edition.
22.5cm x 24cm. 32 pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Knight Johnview full entry
Reference: FROM DERRIDA TO SARA LEE
John Knight
1990s poetry book published as part of Metro Arts Pamphlet Poets Series.
Publishing details:
Brisbane: Metro Press, No date.
First Edition.
21cm x 15.5cm. 21 pages. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Milne Peterview full entry
Reference: BEAUTIFUL LIES: NOTES TOWARDS A HISTORY OF AUSTRALIA
Peter MIlne
Exhibition catalogue. Photographic works allegorically representing moments in Australian history in visual form. Developed into a full size monograph in 2011.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Queensland Centre for Photography, 2005.
First Edition.
21cm x 21cm. [12] pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Rollman Louise view full entry
Reference: POLEMIC: SATELLITE SPACE
Louise Rollman
Catalogue for a series of ten exhibitions at Satellite Space.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Satellite Space, 2000.
First Edition.
21cm x 15cm. 39 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Ref: 1000
IDEATIONview full entry
Reference: IDEATION
Sarah-Mace Dennis; Katrina McMahon; Aleksei Wechter
Artists book featuring over 30 Brisbane artists edited and published by Sarah- Mace Dennis, Katrina McMahon and Aleksei Wechter. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Brisbane: Sarah-Mace Dennis, Katrina McMahon and Aleksei Wechter, 2002. First Edition.
23.5cm x 17.5cm. [132] pages, black and white illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
ACCOUNTING FOR THE COLLECTORview full entry
Reference: ACCOUNTING FOR THE COLLECTOR, THE BRIAN TUCKER COLLECTION
Brian Tucker

Publishing details: Brisbane: 3E Innovative, 2008.
First Edition.
21cm x 21cm. [36] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Tucker Brian collectorview full entry
Reference: see ACCOUNTING FOR THE COLLECTOR, THE BRIAN TUCKER COLLECTION
Brian Tucker

Publishing details: Brisbane: 3E Innovative, 2008.
First Edition.
21cm x 21cm. [36] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Spooner Rodneyview full entry
Reference: INSTALLATIONS
Rodney Spooner
Catalogue of installation works produced between 1993 and 1997 by Rodney Spooner.
Publishing details: Brisbane: Institute of Modern Art, 1997.
First Edition.
21cm x 21cm. 40 pages, colour illustrations. Pictorial wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Hirata Mariview full entry
Reference: Mari Hirata, 2011
Catalogue for a solo exhibition by Japanese-Australian contemporary artist Mari Hirata.
Publishing details: [Gold Coast]: Mari Hirata, 2011.
First Edition.
21cm x 15cm. [12] pages, colour illustrations. Illustrated saddle-stapled wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Fitzjames Michaelview full entry
Reference: see Australian galleries website: Michael Fitzjames, b. 1948, Illustrator and landscape painter Michael Fitzjames received a Diploma in Fine Arts from the University of Tasmania in 1976. He worked as an illustrator for The Guardian newspaper in London from 1978 to 1980, The Sydney Morning Herald from 1990 to 2000, and the Australian Financial Review from 2000 to 2012. His work has been included in exhibitions at Penrith Regional Art Gallery, Maitland Regional Art Gallery and the National Museum of Australia.
Michael Fitzjames has exhibited with Australian Galleries since 1996 and his work is held in the collection of many significant institutions such as the State Library of New South Wales, State Library of Victoria, Australian War Memorial, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery and the Lewers Bequest, Penrith, as well as several Australian universities and city councils. A monograph of Fitzjames’ work was published in 1986 titled ‘Michael Fitzjames: Drawings’ by Stained Wattle Press.
Publishing details: https://australiangalleries.com.au/artists/michael-fitzjames/
Somers J Snr 1846-1930view full entry
Reference: see Amanda Addams Auctions
February 6, 2022, lot 233, J. Sommers Senior (Australia 1846-1930) "Melbourne Street Scene Early 1900's" watercolour signed lower right, 16 x 24 cm
Turner Vilmanview full entry
Reference: see THE ROSTRUM FINE ART AUCTIONEERS, Roughton, Norfolk, UK, 27-8 January, 2022, lot 526, VILMAN TURNER (AUSTRALIAN, 20TH CENTURY) Portrait of a Man
signed Vilma and dated 1973 lower right, oil on board, 90 x 60cm

Maitland Barry author architect and artist view full entry
Reference: see artist’s website: ‘My family came from Paisley, an industrial city near Glasgow in Scotland, where I was born. When I was young we moved to London, where I went to a school with an English teacher who inspired me about literature. But I wanted to be an architect, which I studied at Cambridge University. After a period in practice I studied urban design at the University of Sheffield, where I also taught.
In 1984 I was offered the position of head of the architecture school at the University of Newcastle in Australia, and moved there with my family. Six years later Newcastle was struck by an earthquake, and Margaret, my wife, was almost killed when the house fell in. It was a dramatic and chaotic time, and as a reaction to what was going on around us I began to think about the plot of a murder mystery, The Marx Sisters. This was published in 1994, and became the first of a series of twelve Brock and Kolla novels published over the next 20 years, together with one stand-alone mystery thriller Bright Air, set in Australia.
In 2000 I retired from the University of Newcastle in order to write full time, and my latest project is a full-blooded Australian set of novels, the Belltree Trilogy. I live and write in a small town in the Hunter Valley, an attractive wine-growing and agricultural area in New South Wales on the Pacific Coast of Australia, which coexists with one of the largest coal ports in the world, in the harbour of Newcastle, which is where the second Belltree novel is set.’
Publishing details: http://www.barrymaitland.com/on-life-and-writing/biography/
Booth Peterview full entry
Reference: see Venice Biennale 1982: Australia Works By Peter Booth & Rosalie Gascoigne, catalogue, Nick Waterlow, (introduction).
Publishing details: Visual Arts Board Australia Council, 1982, 68pp, softcover, colour illust,
Gascoigne Rosalieview full entry
Reference: see Venice Biennale 1982: Australia Works By Peter Booth & Rosalie Gascoigne, catalogue, Nick Waterlow, (introduction).
Publishing details: Visual Arts Board Australia Council, 1982, 68pp, softcover, colour illust,
Gascoigne Rosalieview full entry
Reference: Rosalie Gascoigne : her New Zealand origins / by Martin Gascoigne. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Canberra : M. Gascoigne, 2012 
293 p., [6] p. of plates : ill., facsims., geneal. tables, maps, ports.
Ref: 1000
Gascoigne Rosalieview full entry
Reference: see Perceived differently : Rosalie Gascoigne, David Jensz, Mark Grey-Smith, Wendy Teakel.
Notes "Canberra National Sculpture Forum 95. Exhibition dates 2-30 April 1995"
Publishing details: Canberra : The Australian National University, Drill Hall Gallery, 1995 
7, [9] p. : ill. ; 30 cm. 
Jensz David view full entry
Reference: see Perceived differently : Rosalie Gascoigne, David Jensz, Mark Grey-Smith, Wendy Teakel.
Notes "Canberra National Sculpture Forum 95. Exhibition dates 2-30 April 1995"
Publishing details: Canberra : The Australian National University, Drill Hall Gallery, 1995 
7, [9] p. : ill. ; 30 cm. 
Grey-Smith Mark view full entry
Reference: see Perceived differently : Rosalie Gascoigne, David Jensz, Mark Grey-Smith, Wendy Teakel.
Notes "Canberra National Sculpture Forum 95. Exhibition dates 2-30 April 1995"
Publishing details: Canberra : The Australian National University, Drill Hall Gallery, 1995 
7, [9] p. : ill. ; 30 cm. 
Teakel Wendy view full entry
Reference: see Perceived differently : Rosalie Gascoigne, David Jensz, Mark Grey-Smith, Wendy Teakel.
Notes "Canberra National Sculpture Forum 95. Exhibition dates 2-30 April 1995"
Publishing details: Canberra : The Australian National University, Drill Hall Gallery, 1995 
7, [9] p. : ill. ; 30 cm. 
Gascoigne Rosalieview full entry
Reference: Survey 2, Rosalie Gascoigne
Publishing details: Melbourne : National Gallery of Victoria, 1978 
1 folded sheet (6) p. : ill.
Ref: 1000
Expanse : aboriginalities, spatialities and the politics of ecstasyview full entry
Reference: Expanse : aboriginalities, spatialities and the politics of ecstasy : an exhibition : Jon Cattapan, Rosalie Gascoigne, Antony Hamilton, Kathleen Petyarre, Imants Tillers / by Ian North. "Published to accompany the exhibition of the same title, 4 September to 3 October 1998" -- T.p. verso.
Publishing details: University of South Australia Art Museum, 1998 
26 p. : col. ill. ;
Ref: 1000
Cattapan Jon view full entry
Reference: see Expanse : aboriginalities, spatialities and the politics of ecstasy : an exhibition : Jon Cattapan, Rosalie Gascoigne, Antony Hamilton, Kathleen Petyarre, Imants Tillers / by Ian North. "Published to accompany the exhibition of the same title, 4 September to 3 October 1998" -- T.p. verso.
Publishing details: University of South Australia Art Museum, 1998 
26 p. : col. ill. ;
Gascoigne Rosalie view full entry
Reference: see Expanse : aboriginalities, spatialities and the politics of ecstasy : an exhibition : Jon Cattapan, Rosalie Gascoigne, Antony Hamilton, Kathleen Petyarre, Imants Tillers / by Ian North. "Published to accompany the exhibition of the same title, 4 September to 3 October 1998" -- T.p. verso.
Publishing details: University of South Australia Art Museum, 1998 
26 p. : col. ill. ;
Hamilton Antonyview full entry
Reference: see Expanse : aboriginalities, spatialities and the politics of ecstasy : an exhibition : Jon Cattapan, Rosalie Gascoigne, Antony Hamilton, Kathleen Petyarre, Imants Tillers / by Ian North. "Published to accompany the exhibition of the same title, 4 September to 3 October 1998" -- T.p. verso.
Publishing details: University of South Australia Art Museum, 1998 
26 p. : col. ill. ;
Petyarre Kathleen view full entry
Reference: see Expanse : aboriginalities, spatialities and the politics of ecstasy : an exhibition : Jon Cattapan, Rosalie Gascoigne, Antony Hamilton, Kathleen Petyarre, Imants Tillers / by Ian North. "Published to accompany the exhibition of the same title, 4 September to 3 October 1998" -- T.p. verso.
Publishing details: University of South Australia Art Museum, 1998 
26 p. : col. ill. ;
Tillers Imants view full entry
Reference: see Expanse : aboriginalities, spatialities and the politics of ecstasy : an exhibition : Jon Cattapan, Rosalie Gascoigne, Antony Hamilton, Kathleen Petyarre, Imants Tillers / by Ian North. "Published to accompany the exhibition of the same title, 4 September to 3 October 1998" -- T.p. verso.
Publishing details: University of South Australia Art Museum, 1998 
26 p. : col. ill. ;
Blackman Charles view full entry
Reference: see Diverse Visions - Twelve Australian mid to late career artists. Charles Blackman, Mike Brown, Ray Crooke, Rosalie Gascoigne, Inge King, Robert Klippel, Les
Kossatz, Alun Leach-Jones, John Perceval, Gareth Sansom, Gordon Shepherdson, John Wolseley. Editor, Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery,
1991. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, 32pp. exhibition catalogue,
illustrated.
Brown Mike view full entry
Reference: see Diverse Visions - Twelve Australian mid to late career artists. Charles Blackman, Mike Brown, Ray Crooke, Rosalie Gascoigne, Inge King, Robert Klippel, Les
Kossatz, Alun Leach-Jones, John Perceval, Gareth Sansom, Gordon Shepherdson, John Wolseley. Editor, Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery,
1991. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, 32pp. exhibition catalogue,
illustrated.
Crooke Ray view full entry
Reference: see Diverse Visions - Twelve Australian mid to late career artists. Charles Blackman, Mike Brown, Ray Crooke, Rosalie Gascoigne, Inge King, Robert Klippel, Les
Kossatz, Alun Leach-Jones, John Perceval, Gareth Sansom, Gordon Shepherdson, John Wolseley. Editor, Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery,
1991. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, 32pp. exhibition catalogue,
illustrated.
Gascoigne Rosalie view full entry
Reference: see Diverse Visions - Twelve Australian mid to late career artists. Charles Blackman, Mike Brown, Ray Crooke, Rosalie Gascoigne, Inge King, Robert Klippel, Les
Kossatz, Alun Leach-Jones, John Perceval, Gareth Sansom, Gordon Shepherdson, John Wolseley. Editor, Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery,
1991. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, 32pp. exhibition catalogue,
illustrated.
King Inge view full entry
Reference: see Diverse Visions - Twelve Australian mid to late career artists. Charles Blackman, Mike Brown, Ray Crooke, Rosalie Gascoigne, Inge King, Robert Klippel, Les
Kossatz, Alun Leach-Jones, John Perceval, Gareth Sansom, Gordon Shepherdson, John Wolseley. Editor, Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery,
1991. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, 32pp. exhibition catalogue,
illustrated.
Klippel Robert view full entry
Reference: see Diverse Visions - Twelve Australian mid to late career artists. Charles Blackman, Mike Brown, Ray Crooke, Rosalie Gascoigne, Inge King, Robert Klippel, Les
Kossatz, Alun Leach-Jones, John Perceval, Gareth Sansom, Gordon Shepherdson, John Wolseley. Editor, Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery,
1991. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, 32pp. exhibition catalogue,
illustrated.
Kossatz Les
view full entry
Reference: see Diverse Visions - Twelve Australian mid to late career artists. Charles Blackman, Mike Brown, Ray Crooke, Rosalie Gascoigne, Inge King, Robert Klippel, Les
Kossatz, Alun Leach-Jones, John Perceval, Gareth Sansom, Gordon Shepherdson, John Wolseley. Editor, Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery,
1991. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, 32pp. exhibition catalogue,
illustrated.
Leach-Jones Alunview full entry
Reference: see Diverse Visions - Twelve Australian mid to late career artists. Charles Blackman, Mike Brown, Ray Crooke, Rosalie Gascoigne, Inge King, Robert Klippel, Les
Kossatz, Alun Leach-Jones, John Perceval, Gareth Sansom, Gordon Shepherdson, John Wolseley. Editor, Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery,
1991. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, 32pp. exhibition catalogue,
illustrated.
Perceval John view full entry
Reference: see Diverse Visions - Twelve Australian mid to late career artists. Charles Blackman, Mike Brown, Ray Crooke, Rosalie Gascoigne, Inge King, Robert Klippel, Les
Kossatz, Alun Leach-Jones, John Perceval, Gareth Sansom, Gordon Shepherdson, John Wolseley. Editor, Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery,
1991. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, 32pp. exhibition catalogue,
illustrated.
Sansom Gareth view full entry
Reference: see Diverse Visions - Twelve Australian mid to late career artists. Charles Blackman, Mike Brown, Ray Crooke, Rosalie Gascoigne, Inge King, Robert Klippel, Les
Kossatz, Alun Leach-Jones, John Perceval, Gareth Sansom, Gordon Shepherdson, John Wolseley. Editor, Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery,
1991. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, 32pp. exhibition catalogue,
illustrated.
Shepherdson Gordonview full entry
Reference: see Diverse Visions - Twelve Australian mid to late career artists. Charles Blackman, Mike Brown, Ray Crooke, Rosalie Gascoigne, Inge King, Robert Klippel, Les
Kossatz, Alun Leach-Jones, John Perceval, Gareth Sansom, Gordon Shepherdson, John Wolseley. Editor, Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery,
1991. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, 32pp. exhibition catalogue,
illustrated.
Wolseley John view full entry
Reference: see Diverse Visions - Twelve Australian mid to late career artists. Charles Blackman, Mike Brown, Ray Crooke, Rosalie Gascoigne, Inge King, Robert Klippel, Les
Kossatz, Alun Leach-Jones, John Perceval, Gareth Sansom, Gordon Shepherdson, John Wolseley. Editor, Janet Hogan. Exhibition catalogue. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Queensland Art Gallery,
1991. Quarto, illustrated wrappers, 32pp. exhibition catalogue,
illustrated.
New Art Five view full entry
Reference: New Art Five - New Directions in Contemporary Australian Art. Focus is on the work of the 1980's. 223 reproductions in full colour and text profiles of over 180 Australian artists. Edited by Nevill Drury [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 1991, hc, dw, 204pp
New Art Four view full entry
Reference: New Art Four - Profiles in Contemporary Australian Art, Edited by Nevill Drury [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Craftsman House 1990, hc, dw, 230pp, ex libris copy
New Art Oneview full entry
Reference: New Art One - New Directions in Contemporary Australian Art . Edited by Nevill Drury [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Craftsman House 1987
New Art Threeview full entry
Reference: New Art Three - New Directions in Contemporary Australian Art.
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 1989, hc, dw, 212pp
New Art Twoview full entry
Reference: New Art Two - New Directions in Contemporary Australian Art. Edited by Nevill Drury [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 1988, hc, dw, 229pp
Spirit in the landview full entry
Reference: Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Ref: 1000
Connelly-Northey Lorraine view full entry
Reference: see Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Davis John view full entry
Reference: see Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Drysdale Russell view full entry
Reference: see Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Gascoigne Rosalie view full entry
Reference: see Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Kngwarreye Emily Kame view full entry
Reference: see Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Napangardi Dorothy view full entry
Reference: see Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Nolan Sidney view full entry
Reference: see Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Olsen John view full entry
Reference: see Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Onus Lin view full entry
Reference: see Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Thomas Rover (Joolama) view full entry
Reference: see Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Joolama - Rover Thomasview full entry
Reference: see Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Williams Fred view full entry
Reference: see Spirit in the land / Robert Lindsay and Penny Teale ; with essay by Donna Leslie. Catalogue of an exhibition held 12 December - 20 February 2011 at McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park, and then travelling to 7 other venues around Australia. "The landscape has been an enduring subject in the history of Australia art and is vital to the on-going formation of images of national identity. Within this tradition, the exhibition Spirit in the Land explores the connection between eleven Australian artists, historical and contemporary, Indigenous and non-Indigenous, and their special appreciation and engagement to the spiritual ethos and power of the land. In unearthing shared themes and cultural exchanges this exhibition brings together key paintings and sculptures by some of Australia's most influential artists; Lorraine Connelly-Northey, John Davis, Russell Drysdale, Rosalie Gascoigne, Emily Kame Kngwarreye, Dorothy Napangardi, Sidney Nolan, John Olsen, Lin Onus, Rover Thomas (Joolama) and Fred Williams."--Page 8. [To be indexed fully?]
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery + Sculpture Park,
2010, 70 pages : colour illustrations
Storm in a Teacupview full entry
Reference: Storm in a Teacup : a Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery exhibition, 24 July - 27 September 2015. "Exhibition curator: Wendy Garden" -- inside back cover.
Includes bibliographical references. Annotation. "Storm in a Teacup features paintings, works on paper, photographs, ceramics, sculpture and installation by: Julian ASHTON, Kate BERGIN, Charles BLACKMAN, Stephen BOWERS, Emma Minnie BOYD, Lyndell BROWN & Charles GREEN, Penny BYRNE, Michael COOK, eX de MEDICI, Julia deVILLE, Julie DOWLING, Marian DREW, Bern EMMERICHS, Samantha EVERTON, E. Phillips FOX, Rosalie GASCOIGNE, Betty GREENHATCH, Adam HILL, HOTHAM STREET LADIES, Yenny HUBER, Clare HUMPHRIES, Trent JANSEN, Marion MANIFOLD, Danie MELLOR, Kendal MURRAY, Polixeni PAPAPETROU, John PERCEVAL, Robyn PHELAN, Giuseppe ROMEO, Heather SHIMMEN, Darren SIWES, Vipoo SRIVILASA, Natascha STELLMACH, Arthur STREETON, Sharon WEST, Anne ZAHALKA" -- Publisher's website.

Publishing details: Mornington Mornington Peninsula Regional Gallery, 2015, 24 pages : illustrations
Ref: 1000
Avoiding myth & messageview full entry
Reference: Avoiding myth & message : Australian artists and the literary world / [curator, Glenn Barkley]. Published on the occassion of the exhibition Avoiding myth & message : Australian artists and the literary world held at the Museum of Contemporary Art, Sydney, 7 Apr.-12 Jul. 2009.
Also includes The reader - reproductions of a number of works by both artists and writers. All of these texts have in some way influenced the research and development of the exhibition. The reader allows an insight into the curatorial process and features texts reproduced within the exhibition.
Artists: Vernon Ah Kee, Micky Allan, Gordon Bennett, Vanessa Berry, Maureen Burns, Tim Burns, Destiny Deacon, Christopher Dean, Rosalie Gascoigne, Shaun Gladwell, Patrick Hartigan, Tim Johnson, Ruark Lewis, Colin Little, Robert MacPherson, Noel McKenna, Rose Nolan, Mike Parr, Sweeney Reed, Sandra Selig, Noel Sheridan, Imants Tillers, John Tranter, Richard Tipping, Peter Tyndall, Philip Tyndall, Gerald Murnane, Jenny Watson, William Yang. Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Art, 2009, 69, 29 p. : col. ill., facsims.
Ref: 1000
1788-21st century still life view full entry
Reference: 1788-21st century still life / [teachers notes ... written by Kate Hart]. "Included in this art pack are works by: Nona Burden, eX De Medici, William Dobell, Augustus Earle, Rosalie Gascoigne, William Buelow Gould, Dale Hickey, Godfrey Miller, Maggie Nelson, David Strachan, Margaret West, Brett Whiteley and Teacher notes"--Back cover.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Box Hill North, Vic. : Creative School Supply Company, c2006, 12 sheets (in a folio) : ill. (chiefly col.)
Ref: 1000
still life view full entry
Reference: see 1788-21st century still life / [teachers notes ... written by Kate Hart]. "Included in this art pack are works by: Nona Burden, eX De Medici, William Dobell, Augustus Earle, Rosalie Gascoigne, William Buelow Gould, Dale Hickey, Godfrey Miller, Maggie Nelson, David Strachan, Margaret West, Brett Whiteley and Teacher notes"--Back cover.
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Box Hill North, Vic. : Creative School Supply Company, c2006, 12 sheets (in a folio) : ill. (chiefly col.)
From the collection - National anthemview full entry
Reference: From the collection : National anthem : a new order / curator: Melissa Keys. National Anthem (Curated by Dr. Kate Just): Presenting a cacophonous array of artistic voices and perspectives, National Anthem brings together 24 artists, from a range of generations, who critically address Australian national identity. Built around key works in the Michael Buxton Collection, together with works sourced from beyond the collection, this project reflects on the ways that the desire for a singular national identity often excludes Indigenous histories and denies the multiplicity of voices, cultures and experiences that enrich, contest and enhance Australian life. Channelling humour and satire and engaging in tactics such as play, intervention and confrontation, the artists in National Anthem seek self-determination and collectively hold a mirror up to contemporary Australia, prompting new representations of who we are or who we might aspire to become. Artists: Brook Andrew, Abdul Abdullah, Kay Abude, Hoda Afshar, Tony Albert, Ali Gumillya Baker, Archie Barry, Richard Bell, Daniel Boyd, Juan Davila, Destiny Deacon, Janenne Eaton, Tony Garifalakis, Eugenia Lim, Tracey Moffatt, Callum Morton, Hoang Tran Nguyen, Raquel Ormella, Mike Parr, Steven Rhall, Tony Schwensen, Christian Thompson, Paul Yore and Siying Zhou.
A New Order (Curated by Linda Short) : There are innumerable ways to join the dots and build connections between the works in A New Order, all of which have been selected from the Michael Buxton Collection. Within the exhibition and the work of the 12 artists represented, we encounter many interconnecting styles and themes: a will to order or to react against it, a tendency for systematic and serial methods, a push and pull within processes that favour chance as much as rules. Patterns become structures that can be seen as more than compositions, as intrinsic to the content of a work or even as its central subject. Found materials are repurposed and given new logics, from simple objects to complex systems such as language. Time and space are also used as kinds of ‘assisted readymades’. The cultural matrix of art history is sampled and brought into the present. The immaterial becomes material in works that shift our senses and challenge our perceptions. We might view all of these conceptual and manual activities—even the exhibition itself—as products of a simple starting point: that is, by varying something pre-existing, we set in motion something new. Artists: Stephen Bram, Tony Clark, Daniel Crooks, Emily Floyd, Marco Fusinato, Rosalie Gascoigne, Diena Georgetti, John Nixon, Rose Nolan, Mike Parr, Daniel von Sturmer, Constanze Zikos.
Full contents • Director's Foreword / Ryan Johnston
• Constitution and re-constitution : an activated call and response / Sophie Knezic
• National anthem / Kate Just
• Enduring visions / Andy Butler
• A new order / Linda Short
• Artists' biographies
• List of works.
Catalogue of the exhibitions at Buxton Contemporary, 8 March to 7 July 2019.
Publishing details: Southbank, Victoria : Buxton Contemporary, The University of Melbourne, 2019, 64 pages : colour illustrations ;
Ref: 1000
Michael Buxton Collectionview full entry
Reference: see From the collection : National anthem : a new order / curator: Melissa Keys. National Anthem (Curated by Dr. Kate Just): Presenting a cacophonous array of artistic voices and perspectives, National Anthem brings together 24 artists, from a range of generations, who critically address Australian national identity. Built around key works in the Michael Buxton Collection, together with works sourced from beyond the collection, this project reflects on the ways that the desire for a singular national identity often excludes Indigenous histories and denies the multiplicity of voices, cultures and experiences that enrich, contest and enhance Australian life. Channelling humour and satire and engaging in tactics such as play, intervention and confrontation, the artists in National Anthem seek self-determination and collectively hold a mirror up to contemporary Australia, prompting new representations of who we are or who we might aspire to become. Artists: Brook Andrew, Abdul Abdullah, Kay Abude, Hoda Afshar, Tony Albert, Ali Gumillya Baker, Archie Barry, Richard Bell, Daniel Boyd, Juan Davila, Destiny Deacon, Janenne Eaton, Tony Garifalakis, Eugenia Lim, Tracey Moffatt, Callum Morton, Hoang Tran Nguyen, Raquel Ormella, Mike Parr, Steven Rhall, Tony Schwensen, Christian Thompson, Paul Yore and Siying Zhou.
A New Order (Curated by Linda Short) : There are innumerable ways to join the dots and build connections between the works in A New Order, all of which have been selected from the Michael Buxton Collection. Within the exhibition and the work of the 12 artists represented, we encounter many interconnecting styles and themes: a will to order or to react against it, a tendency for systematic and serial methods, a push and pull within processes that favour chance as much as rules. Patterns become structures that can be seen as more than compositions, as intrinsic to the content of a work or even as its central subject. Found materials are repurposed and given new logics, from simple objects to complex systems such as language. Time and space are also used as kinds of ‘assisted readymades’. The cultural matrix of art history is sampled and brought into the present. The immaterial becomes material in works that shift our senses and challenge our perceptions. We might view all of these conceptual and manual activities—even the exhibition itself—as products of a simple starting point: that is, by varying something pre-existing, we set in motion something new. Artists: Stephen Bram, Tony Clark, Daniel Crooks, Emily Floyd, Marco Fusinato, Rosalie Gascoigne, Diena Georgetti, John Nixon, Rose Nolan, Mike Parr, Daniel von Sturmer, Constanze Zikos.
Full contents • Director's Foreword / Ryan Johnston
• Constitution and re-constitution : an activated call and response / Sophie Knezic
• National anthem / Kate Just
• Enduring visions / Andy Butler
• A new order / Linda Short
• Artists' biographies
• List of works.
Catalogue of the exhibitions at Buxton Contemporary, 8 March to 7 July 2019.
Publishing details: Southbank, Victoria : Buxton Contemporary, The University of Melbourne, 2019, 64 pages : colour illustrations ;
Buxton Michael Collectionview full entry
Reference: see From the collection : National anthem : a new order / curator: Melissa Keys. National Anthem (Curated by Dr. Kate Just): Presenting a cacophonous array of artistic voices and perspectives, National Anthem brings together 24 artists, from a range of generations, who critically address Australian national identity. Built around key works in the Michael Buxton Collection, together with works sourced from beyond the collection, this project reflects on the ways that the desire for a singular national identity often excludes Indigenous histories and denies the multiplicity of voices, cultures and experiences that enrich, contest and enhance Australian life. Channelling humour and satire and engaging in tactics such as play, intervention and confrontation, the artists in National Anthem seek self-determination and collectively hold a mirror up to contemporary Australia, prompting new representations of who we are or who we might aspire to become. Artists: Brook Andrew, Abdul Abdullah, Kay Abude, Hoda Afshar, Tony Albert, Ali Gumillya Baker, Archie Barry, Richard Bell, Daniel Boyd, Juan Davila, Destiny Deacon, Janenne Eaton, Tony Garifalakis, Eugenia Lim, Tracey Moffatt, Callum Morton, Hoang Tran Nguyen, Raquel Ormella, Mike Parr, Steven Rhall, Tony Schwensen, Christian Thompson, Paul Yore and Siying Zhou.
A New Order (Curated by Linda Short) : There are innumerable ways to join the dots and build connections between the works in A New Order, all of which have been selected from the Michael Buxton Collection. Within the exhibition and the work of the 12 artists represented, we encounter many interconnecting styles and themes: a will to order or to react against it, a tendency for systematic and serial methods, a push and pull within processes that favour chance as much as rules. Patterns become structures that can be seen as more than compositions, as intrinsic to the content of a work or even as its central subject. Found materials are repurposed and given new logics, from simple objects to complex systems such as language. Time and space are also used as kinds of ‘assisted readymades’. The cultural matrix of art history is sampled and brought into the present. The immaterial becomes material in works that shift our senses and challenge our perceptions. We might view all of these conceptual and manual activities—even the exhibition itself—as products of a simple starting point: that is, by varying something pre-existing, we set in motion something new. Artists: Stephen Bram, Tony Clark, Daniel Crooks, Emily Floyd, Marco Fusinato, Rosalie Gascoigne, Diena Georgetti, John Nixon, Rose Nolan, Mike Parr, Daniel von Sturmer, Constanze Zikos.
Full contents • Director's Foreword / Ryan Johnston
• Constitution and re-constitution : an activated call and response / Sophie Knezic
• National anthem / Kate Just
• Enduring visions / Andy Butler
• A new order / Linda Short
• Artists' biographies
• List of works.
Catalogue of the exhibitions at Buxton Contemporary, 8 March to 7 July 2019.
Publishing details: Southbank, Victoria : Buxton Contemporary, The University of Melbourne, 2019, 64 pages : colour illustrations ;
Making Ends Meetview full entry
Reference: Making Ends Meet: Essays and Talks 1992 - 2004 by Ian Wedde. On NZ art, includes Rosalie Gascoigne. [’Passionate, witty and erudite, these essays and talks disclose persistent questionings of the role of institutions in culture. One of New Zealand's leading writers, Ian Wedde worked from 1994 to 2004 as a member of the conceptual team charged with developing the Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa's radical agenda. He came to be closely linked with the museum's aspirations for wide popular appeal, public scholarship and contemporary relevance. Making Ends Meet provides a running commentary on the pressing cultural issues of that project and those years. Above all, Wedde challenges them to remain appealing, self-critical, relevant and unafraid; to refuse official sanctimony and to resist co-option to risk-free national brands. Subjects include the relationship of art and ethnology, the failure of late modernist art history, the construction of official culture, the intellectual history of European exploration in the Pacific, the "Pakeha Maori", the relationship of archives and narratives, and walking the dog. Sometimes, these themes are focused in discussions of artists and writers including Tony Fomison, Ralph Hotere, Richard Killeen, Colin McCahon, Rachel Chapman, Alan Brunton, Peter Black and Rosalie Gascoigne. Many of the texts in this book were first produced as talks. These were the products of a busy professional life with little time for writing. Always, the voice we hear is relishing what it's discussing: we can hear Wedde having a good time looking and thinking.’]
Publishing details: Victoria University Press, 2005, 368 Pages
Ref: 1000
Gascoigne Rosalieview full entry
Reference: see Making Ends Meet: Essays and Talks 1992 - 2004 by Ian Wedde. On NZ art, includes Rosalie Gascoigne. [’Passionate, witty and erudite, these essays and talks disclose persistent questionings of the role of institutions in culture. One of New Zealand's leading writers, Ian Wedde worked from 1994 to 2004 as a member of the conceptual team charged with developing the Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa's radical agenda. He came to be closely linked with the museum's aspirations for wide popular appeal, public scholarship and contemporary relevance. Making Ends Meet provides a running commentary on the pressing cultural issues of that project and those years. Above all, Wedde challenges them to remain appealing, self-critical, relevant and unafraid; to refuse official sanctimony and to resist co-option to risk-free national brands. Subjects include the relationship of art and ethnology, the failure of late modernist art history, the construction of official culture, the intellectual history of European exploration in the Pacific, the "Pakeha Maori", the relationship of archives and narratives, and walking the dog. Sometimes, these themes are focused in discussions of artists and writers including Tony Fomison, Ralph Hotere, Richard Killeen, Colin McCahon, Rachel Chapman, Alan Brunton, Peter Black and Rosalie Gascoigne. Many of the texts in this book were first produced as talks. These were the products of a busy professional life with little time for writing. Always, the voice we hear is relishing what it's discussing: we can hear Wedde having a good time looking and thinking.’]
Publishing details: Victoria University Press, 2005, 368 Pages
Bulletin drawings selection ofview full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.
No.1. Dennis Connelly
Nos.2-3. Hop
Nos.4-10. Leason
No.11. Fred Leist
Nos.12-29. Norman Lindsay
No.30. Geoff Litchfield
Nos.31-33. Low
No.34. Phil May
Nos.35-36. C. H. Percival
No.37. Ted Scorfield
No.38-40. Souter
No.41. Mab Treeby

Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
Connelly Dennis 1 drawing
view full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.


Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
Hopkins Livingstone Nos.2-3. view full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.


Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
Leason Percy Nos.4-10. view full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.


Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
Leist Fred No.11view full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.


Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
Lindsay Norman Nos.12-29 view full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.


Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
Percival C H Nos.35-36.
view full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.


Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
Litchfield Geoff No.30view full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.


Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
Low David Nos.31-33view full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.


Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
May Phil No.34 view full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.


Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
Scorfield Ted No.37
view full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.


Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
Souter D H No.38-40
view full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.


Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
Treeby Mab No.41view full entry
Reference: see Selection of Bulletin drawings by Norman Lindsay and others, chiefly 1917-1924, in State Library of NSW, 41 ink, pencil and watercolour drawings. Arranged alphabetically by name of artist.


Publishing details: SLNSW CALL NUMBERS
PXD 733
Saga - a protest in linocutsview full entry
Reference: Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Ref: 1000
Beck Frank view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Clements Stan view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Finey George 1895-1987 view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Guthrie Clive view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Harvey John view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Litchfield Geoffrey view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Parkes Adrienne
view full entry
Reference: see Saga : a protest in linocuts by the Worker artists, Sydney, N.S.W., 1933. Prints - each sheet approx 25 x 37 cm. - 22 linocuts on paper, copy in SLNSW incomplete.
3. Saga! A protest in linocuts by the Worker Artists Sydney NSW 1933 [title page] / John Harvey
5. [Untitled - War Machine] / George Finey
6. School / John Harvey
7. [Untitled] / Stan Clements
8. Bank Closed / Frank Beck
9. [Untitled - Capitalism's control of politics, note the caricatures of Lang, Mussolini and Hitler ?] / John Harvey and Clive Guthrie
10. [Man in chains] / Geoff Litchfield
11. [Lock-out] / Bond
12. [The Church] / Adrienne Parkes
13. No vacancies [unemployment] / John Harvey
14. [Silos and ships] / Bond
15. The Daily Dope / John Harvey
16. [Prisoner] / John Harvey
17. [Eviction] / McDonnell
18. [Tramp] / Clive Guthrie
19. [Polic attacking demonstrators] / John Harvey
20. [Demonstrators] / Frank Beck
21. [Facism & Capitalism] / John Harvey
22. [Orators] / Stan Clements
23. [Socialism v. Capitalism] / John Harvey
24. All power to the workers [street march] / Geoff Litchfield
25. [Worker breaking his chains] / Geoff Litchfield

Publishing details: Workers' Art Club (Sydney, N.S.W.), 1933
Lambert Georgeview full entry
Reference: Exhibition of the Works of the Late George Lambert, AEA, arranged by the Executors, exhibition at David Jones Gallery, June 24 - 10 July, 1937
Publishing details: David Jones Gallery, 1937
Ref: 1009
Bandt Rosview full entry
Reference: Ros Bandt -. SOUNDS IN SPACE. Wind Chimes and Sound Sculptures.
Publishing details: Victorian Arts Council, Melbourne. 1985. Landscape 4to, 52pp. With black and white and colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Bell Martinview full entry
Reference: Martin Bell - I am.
Publishing details: ? 4to, with black and white illustrations, paperback
Ref: 1000
Lewer Richardview full entry
Reference: Richard Lewer - NOBODY LIKES A SHOW OFF. Exhibition catalogue.
Publishing details: Monash University Museum of Art, Melbourne. 2009. 8vo, with colour illustrations. paperback .
Ref: 1000
Snee Christopherview full entry
Reference: CHIRSTOPHER SNEE: SELECTED PAINTINGS 1997 - 2001.
Publishing details: Gitte Weise Gallery, Sydney. 2001. Large 8vo, 40pp, illustrated in colour.
Ref: 1000
Wallace Anneview full entry
Reference: ANNE WALLACE: FOURTEEN PAINTINGS.
Publishing details: Darren Knight Gallery, Sydney. 2001. Landscape 8vo. With colour plates.
Ref: 1000
Reveries: Photography and Mortalityview full entry
Reference: Reveries: Photography and Mortality, by Helen Ennis. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2007.
Ref: 1000
Photography and Mortalityview full entry
Reference: see Reveries: Photography and Mortality, by Helen Ennis. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Canberra: National Portrait Gallery, 2007.
Seeing More than Black and Whiteview full entry
Reference: Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Bennett Gordon portrait Eddie Mabo, 1996view full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Hannaford Ross portrait of Lowitja O’Donoghue 2006view full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Gerber Matthÿs 2002 work George Tjungarrayi.view full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Earle Augustus in passingview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Bock Thomas in passingview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
McCrae Tommy in passingview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Johny the Artist, Kongatong view full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Black Johnny - Johny the Artiste Kongatong view full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
von Guérard Eugene sketch of Johnny the artist, Kangatongview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Kruger Fred ‘Souvenir album of Victorian Aboriginalsview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Tiwi Pukumani Polesview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Tjapaltjarri Tim Leura and Clifford PossumTjapaltjarri brothersview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Marika Mawalan portrait Djan’kawuview full entry
Reference: see Seeing More than Black and White: Picturing Aboriginality at Australia’s National Portrait Gallery, by MELINDA HINKSON, in AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010. Edited by Monique Rooney and Russell Smith

Publishing details: AUSTRALIAN HUMANITIES REVIEW
Issue 49, 2010
Archibald Prizeview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Abbott Harold short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Allen Davida short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Allen Mary Cecil short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Bale A M E short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Barton Del Kathryn short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Beecroft Herbert short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Beynon Kate short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Bieniek Natasha short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Brack John short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Buckmaster Ernest short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Bustard William short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Campbell Robert Jnr short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Carter Norman short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Cassab Judy short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Connor Kevin short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Coppersmith Yvette short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Counihan Noel short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Crooke Ray short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Crowley Grace short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Cummings Elisabeth short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Dargie William short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Dawson Janet short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Dobell William short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Dowling Julie short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Dyer Geoff short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Edwell-Burke Mary aka Edwards short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Edwards Mary short essay aka Edwell-Burke view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Ellis Frances short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Etherington Marc short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Feuerring Maximilian short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Fullbrook Sam short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
La Gerche Geoff short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Giacco Jenny short essay aka Sandsview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Sands Jenny short essay aka Giaccoview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Goldberg Jean short essay aka Nethercoteview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Nethercote aka Goldberg Jean short essayview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Hanke Henry short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Harding Nicholas short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Harvey E A short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Hearman Louise short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Hele Ivor short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Heysen Nora short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Hick Jacqueline short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Holmes Edith short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Fu Hong short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Hood Cherry short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Jerrold-Nathan Reginald short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Ken Tjungkara short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Kmit Michael short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Lambert George short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Lester Kerrie short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Liibus Vaike short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Longstaff John short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Lowry Fiona short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
McCubbin Winifred short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Manning Tempe short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Marcovitch Alfreda short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Martin Gabrielle short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Martin Max short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
McInnes Violet short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
McInnes W B short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Meldrum Max short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Molvig Jon short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Murch Arthur short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Namatjira Vincent short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Newton Paul short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Olsen John short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Palaitis Josonia short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Paterson Esther short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Peir Cliff short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Perry Adelaide short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Pidgeon William short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Pornett Murial short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Pugh Clifton short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Quilty Ben short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Reisser Tiiu short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Richardson Harry Linley short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Robertson Barbara short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Robinson William short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Rodway Florence short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Sages Jenny short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Sharpe Wendy short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Shore Arnold short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Sibley Andrew short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Smith Eric short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Smith Ian short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Smith Joshua short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Toovey Dora short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Tucker Albert short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Varvaressos Vicki short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Tyndall Peter short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Vickery John short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Waller Mervyn Napier short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Walters Wes short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Warren Guy short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Watson Douglas short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Westwood Bryan short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Whiteley Brett short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Whiting Ada short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Williams Caroline short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Wilson Eric short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Woodward Margaret short essay view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Appleton Jean as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Annear Harold Desbrowe as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Beadle Paul as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Bell Richard as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Clark Tony as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Coen Margaret as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Cohn Ola as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Craig Sybil as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Dattilo-Rubbo Antonio as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Flugelman Bert as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Hanke Henry as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Havekes Gerard as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Humphries Barry as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Langer Gertrude as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Namatjira Albert as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Paterson Betty as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Pornitz Charlotte Tottie as sitter aka Pornettview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Pornitz Charlotte as sitter aka Pornett view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Rapotec Stanislaus as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Robinson William as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Roughsey Dick as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Sharpe Wendy as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Sweatman Estelle Mary as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Thompson Francis Roy as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Tyndall Peter as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Upward Peter as sitter p80view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Shaw Roderick as sitter p80view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Boyd David as sitter p80view full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Vickery John as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Waller Christian as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Whiteley Brett as sitterview full entry
Reference: see Archie 100 - A century of the Archibald Prize. By: Natalie Wilson. [’First awarded in 1921, The Archibald Prize is Australia’s most prestigious and popular art award. Awarded to the best portrait painting, it’s a who’s who of Australian culture - from politicians to celebrities, sporting heroes to artists.
Published to coincide with the 2021 Archibald Prize, this neat exhibition catalogue features artist biographies and full colour images of all of the finalists and award winners.’]
[’A tribute to portraiture, as well as the artists and sitters, Archie 100: A Century of the Archibald Prize marks 100 years of Australia's oldest and most-loved annual portraiture award.

Curator Natalie Wilson unearths fascinating stories behind more than 100 artworks representing every decade. Arranged thematically, these works reflect not just how artistic styles and approaches to portraiture have changed
over time but, importantly, how the Archibald Prize reflects our society.
Resulting from many years of research for lost portraits, Archie 100 includes paintings from the Art Gallery of New South Wales' collection as well as works from libraries, galleries and museums across Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand, and private Australian and international collections. Some have not been exhibited since they first were seen in the Archibald Prize.

Archie 100 includes:
A fascinating essay by Wilson on her quest to find Archibald portraits from
the past 100 years and the difficult task of selecting 100 for the centenary exhibition
Illustrations of each portrait and accompanying text
A timeline of Archibald Prize landmarks
Some fabulous facts and figures
An index of artists and sitters’]
Publishing details: Art Gallery of New South Wales, 2021, Paperback, 248pp,
Tjapaltjarri Clifford Possum view full entry
Reference: see also Possum Clifford
Directory of Queensland Architects Aview full entry
Reference: A Directory of Queensland Architects from the earliest 1800s to 1940, by Donald Watson and Judith McKay of The University of Queensland - Fryer Memorial Library No. 5 - University of Queensland Press.

Publishing details: Published by University of Queensland Library, 1984, FIRST EDITION, softcover 8vo without dj, 5 sections, illustrations, 236pp., index.

Ref: 1000
Architecture Queenslandview full entry
Reference: A Directory of Queensland Architects from the earliest 1800s to 1940, by Donald Watson and Judith McKay of The University of Queensland - Fryer Memorial Library No. 5 - University of Queensland Press.

Publishing details: Published by University of Queensland Library, 1984, FIRST EDITION, softcover 8vo without dj, 5 sections, illustrations, 236pp., index.

Ashton Adrianview full entry
Reference: see Sydney Savages 1934 - 1955, by Adrian Ashton. [Black and white artists - to be indexed]
Publishing details: Sydney Savage Club, 1955, no 55 of a limited edition of 500 copies.
Cannon Michaelview full entry
Reference: see An Australian Camera 1851 - 1914, by Michael Cannon
Publishing details: Davis & Charles, 1973 (ex libris, no dw), Sm.4to. Or.cl.d.w. 112pp. With num. illusts.
Aboriginal Art of North Australiaview full entry
Reference: Aboriginal Art of North Australia, by J. Isaacs, Exhibition arranged by the Aboriginal Arts Board of the Australian Council.
Publishing details: Sydney n.d. ab.1977. Sm.4to. Or.wrapper. With frontisp. and num. illusts. some full-page. An
Aboriginal Artview full entry
Reference: see Aboriginal Art of North Australia, by J. Isaacs, Exhibition arranged by the Aboriginal Arts Board of the Australian Council.
Publishing details: ydney n.d. ab.1977. Sm.4to. Or.wrapper. With frontisp. and num. illusts. some full-page. An
Quartermaine Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Fabled Ocean. A Personal View of Australian Art since 1960. The Eighth Herbert Blacklock Memorial Lecture delivered at the University of Sydney 27 September 1978.
QUARTERMAINE, PETER.
Publishing details: The Wentworth Press, 1970. 8vo. Or.printed wrapper. (20pp.).
Cotton Herbert Walter E 1872-1931view full entry
Reference: Australian Public Men, by H. W. Cotton. With 28 full-page sketches by H.W. Cotton.

Publishing details: N.S.W. Bookstall Coy. n.d. Circa 1904. 4to. Or. illust. wrapper back cover and upper spine defective. 16pp. With illust. title-page.
Ref: 1009
Cotton H Wview full entry
Reference: Souvenir of federal cartoons / by H.W. Cotton,
Publishing details: Sydney : N.S.W. Bookstall Co., [1901] 
[10] leaves of plates : ill., ports.
Ref: 1000
Cotton H Wview full entry
Reference: A spring cleaning and other stories / by Bridget McSweeney (Thos. E. Spencer) ; with illustrations by H.W. Cotton


Publishing details: Sydney : N.S.W. Bookstall, 1908
Ref: 1000
Cotton H W view full entry
Reference: How M'Dougall topped the score : and other verses / by Thos. E. Spencer ; with six full-page illustrations by Lionel Lindsay and H.W. Cotton


Publishing details: Sydney : N.S.W. Bookstall, 1908
Ref: 1000
Lindsay Lionel illustrated byview full entry
Reference: see How M'Dougall topped the score : and other verses / by Thos. E. Spencer ; with six full-page illustrations by Lionel Lindsay and H.W. Cotton


Publishing details: Sydney : N.S.W. Bookstall, 1908
women’s artview full entry
Reference: see The Gentle Arts - 200 Years of Australian Women's Domestic & Decorative Arts, by Jennifer Isaacs
Publishing details: Ure Smith Press, 1991, hc
decorative artview full entry
Reference: see The Gentle Arts - 200 Years of Australian Women's Domestic & Decorative Arts, by Jennifer Isaacs
Publishing details: Ure Smith Press, 1991, hc
Contemporary art and feminismview full entry
Reference: Contemporary art and feminism / Jacqueline Millner and Catriona Moore.

Full contents • From the politics of representation to a politics of acts
• Beyond performing identities
• Feminism and the pedagogical turn in art
• Craftivism: a material ethics of care
• Avant Gardening: Western landscape, ecofeminism and First Nations' care for country
• Feminist worlds: reimagining community and publics.
 
Biography/History Dr Jacqueline Millner completed studies in law, political science, and visual arts, before specialising in the history and theory of contemporary art as an arts writer and academic. She is Associate Professor of Visual Arts at La Trobe University, Melbourne, where she also lectures on contemporary art theory and history. She was previously Associate Professor of Art History and Theory, University of Sydney. She has published widely on contemporary Australian and international art in key anthologies, journals and catalogues of national andinternationalinstitutions, and has received prestigious grants and awards for her research including from the Australia Council for the Arts and the Australian Research Council.Her books include Conceptual Beauty: Perspectives on Australian Contemporary Art (2010), Australian Artists in the Contemporary Museum (with Jennifer Barrett, 2014), Fashionable Art (with Adam Geczy, 2015) and Feminist Perspectives on Art: Contemporary Outtakes (co-edited with Catriona Moore, 2018). She co-convenes the research cluster Contemporary Art and Feminism across La Trobe University and the University of Sydney, and is currently leading the Care Project: Feminism, Art and Ethics in Neo-Liberal Times, a multiple location series of exhibitions and symposia (2019-21). Dr Catriona Moorehas been aSenior Lecturer in Art History & Film Studies at the University of Sydney. She has published widely on feminist art and activism, and more broadly on modern and contemporary women artists. Her research and writing have opened up cross-cultural connections between women artists and explored the visual expression of cultural diversity in modern and contemporary Australian art, within a comparative international framework. She is the author and editor of books central to the development of the feminist history of Australian art, including Indecent Exposures: Twenty Years of Australian Feminist Photography (1991), Dissonance: Feminism and the arts 1970-1990 (1991) and Feminist Perspectives on Art: Contemporary Outtakes (co-edited with Jacqueline Millner, 2018). She co-convenes the research cluster Contemporary Art and Feminism across the University of Sydney and La Trobe University.
Notes Includes bibliographical references and index.
Description based on online resource; title from digital title page (viewed on July 26, 2021).
Publishing details: Abingdon, Oxon ; New York : Routledge, 2022, online resource. 
Ref: 1000
feminismview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary art and feminism / Jacqueline Millner and Catriona Moore.

Full contents • From the politics of representation to a politics of acts
• Beyond performing identities
• Feminism and the pedagogical turn in art
• Craftivism: a material ethics of care
• Avant Gardening: Western landscape, ecofeminism and First Nations' care for country
• Feminist worlds: reimagining community and publics.
 
Biography/History Dr Jacqueline Millner completed studies in law, political science, and visual arts, before specialising in the history and theory of contemporary art as an arts writer and academic. She is Associate Professor of Visual Arts at La Trobe University, Melbourne, where she also lectures on contemporary art theory and history. She was previously Associate Professor of Art History and Theory, University of Sydney. She has published widely on contemporary Australian and international art in key anthologies, journals and catalogues of national andinternationalinstitutions, and has received prestigious grants and awards for her research including from the Australia Council for the Arts and the Australian Research Council.Her books include Conceptual Beauty: Perspectives on Australian Contemporary Art (2010), Australian Artists in the Contemporary Museum (with Jennifer Barrett, 2014), Fashionable Art (with Adam Geczy, 2015) and Feminist Perspectives on Art: Contemporary Outtakes (co-edited with Catriona Moore, 2018). She co-convenes the research cluster Contemporary Art and Feminism across La Trobe University and the University of Sydney, and is currently leading the Care Project: Feminism, Art and Ethics in Neo-Liberal Times, a multiple location series of exhibitions and symposia (2019-21). Dr Catriona Moorehas been aSenior Lecturer in Art History & Film Studies at the University of Sydney. She has published widely on feminist art and activism, and more broadly on modern and contemporary women artists. Her research and writing have opened up cross-cultural connections between women artists and explored the visual expression of cultural diversity in modern and contemporary Australian art, within a comparative international framework. She is the author and editor of books central to the development of the feminist history of Australian art, including Indecent Exposures: Twenty Years of Australian Feminist Photography (1991), Dissonance: Feminism and the arts 1970-1990 (1991) and Feminist Perspectives on Art: Contemporary Outtakes (co-edited with Jacqueline Millner, 2018). She co-convenes the research cluster Contemporary Art and Feminism across the University of Sydney and La Trobe University.
Notes Includes bibliographical references and index.
Description based on online resource; title from digital title page (viewed on July 26, 2021).
Publishing details: Abingdon, Oxon ; New York : Routledge, 2022, online resource. 
women’s artview full entry
Reference: see Contemporary art and feminism / Jacqueline Millner and Catriona Moore.

Full contents • From the politics of representation to a politics of acts
• Beyond performing identities
• Feminism and the pedagogical turn in art
• Craftivism: a material ethics of care
• Avant Gardening: Western landscape, ecofeminism and First Nations' care for country
• Feminist worlds: reimagining community and publics.
 
Biography/History Dr Jacqueline Millner completed studies in law, political science, and visual arts, before specialising in the history and theory of contemporary art as an arts writer and academic. She is Associate Professor of Visual Arts at La Trobe University, Melbourne, where she also lectures on contemporary art theory and history. She was previously Associate Professor of Art History and Theory, University of Sydney. She has published widely on contemporary Australian and international art in key anthologies, journals and catalogues of national andinternationalinstitutions, and has received prestigious grants and awards for her research including from the Australia Council for the Arts and the Australian Research Council.Her books include Conceptual Beauty: Perspectives on Australian Contemporary Art (2010), Australian Artists in the Contemporary Museum (with Jennifer Barrett, 2014), Fashionable Art (with Adam Geczy, 2015) and Feminist Perspectives on Art: Contemporary Outtakes (co-edited with Catriona Moore, 2018). She co-convenes the research cluster Contemporary Art and Feminism across La Trobe University and the University of Sydney, and is currently leading the Care Project: Feminism, Art and Ethics in Neo-Liberal Times, a multiple location series of exhibitions and symposia (2019-21). Dr Catriona Moorehas been aSenior Lecturer in Art History & Film Studies at the University of Sydney. She has published widely on feminist art and activism, and more broadly on modern and contemporary women artists. Her research and writing have opened up cross-cultural connections between women artists and explored the visual expression of cultural diversity in modern and contemporary Australian art, within a comparative international framework. She is the author and editor of books central to the development of the feminist history of Australian art, including Indecent Exposures: Twenty Years of Australian Feminist Photography (1991), Dissonance: Feminism and the arts 1970-1990 (1991) and Feminist Perspectives on Art: Contemporary Outtakes (co-edited with Jacqueline Millner, 2018). She co-convenes the research cluster Contemporary Art and Feminism across the University of Sydney and La Trobe University.
Notes Includes bibliographical references and index.
Description based on online resource; title from digital title page (viewed on July 26, 2021).
Publishing details: Abingdon, Oxon ; New York : Routledge, 2022, online resource. 
Neelia illustrated byview full entry
Reference: The Adventures of Melaleuca. For children aged 9 to 10 years. By A. L. Burrow. Illustrated by Neelia.

Publishing details: Sydney 1929. Sm.8vo. Orig. printed wrappers (slightly marked). (94pp.). (The Gumnut Readers Series). 1st ed.
Ref: 1000
Harding Georgeview full entry
Reference: Australian Byways. The narrative of a sentimental traveler. By N. Duncan. 16 full-page plates by George Harding. [May not be Australian]Chapters 37-51 pp.207-294 deal with The Torres Strait and Papua New Guinea.
Publishing details: New York 1915. 8vo. Or.cl. T.e.g. 10294pp. With col. frontisp. and
Ref: 1000
Martin Henry Byam 1804-1865view full entry
Reference: The Polynesian Journal of Captain Henry Byam Martin R.N. In command of H.M.S. Grampus - 50 guns at Hawaii and on station in Tahiti and the Society Islands August 1846 to August 1847. By Henry Byam Martin. NOTE: Henry Byam Martin 1804-1865 died as a Vice-Admiral.
Publishing details: Australian National University Press 1981. Roy.8vo. Or.cl. In slightly chipped d.w. 192pp. With portr. 8 full-page col. plates and num. illusts. from original sketches by Capt. Martin. 1st ed.
Ref: 1000
Annand Douglas illustrated byview full entry
Reference: The Hand of Memory. Selected stories and verse. By C. B. Christesen. With line drawings by Douglas Annand.
Publishing details: The Meanjin Press 1970. Royal 8vo. Orig. qtr buckram. Gilt. Spine gilt. xiv198pp.
Ref: 1000
Picture the Koalaview full entry
Reference: Picture the Koala. A light-hearted look at children's book illustrations. An exhibition curated by the James Hardie Library for the Power House Museum at The Mint September 1986-January 1987. By Robert Holden
Publishing details: Sydney 1986. 8vo. Orig. illust. wrapper. 20pp. With numerous illusts.
Ref: 140
Cunningham Walter . view full entry
Reference: The Story of Karrawingi the Emu.
By Leslie Rees. With 7 full-page col. plates and other illusts. by W. Cunningham.

Publishing details: John Sands Pty. Ltd. n.d. ca.1946. Sm.4to. dustjacket. 44pp.
Ref: 1000
YOUTH ANNUAL - December 1930.
view full entry
Reference: YOUTH ANNUAL - December 1930. With 26 col. plates after paintings by noted Australian artists and num. literary contributions by J.H.M. Abbott A.H. Chisholm Zora Cross a.o. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Sydney: W.H. Honey 1930. Large 4to. Or.pictorial wrappers edges chipped. 82pp. A double-page col. suppl. loosely inserted.
Ref: 1000
North of the 26thview full entry
Reference: North of the 26th; A Collection Of Writings, Paintings, Drawings and Photographs from the Kimberley, Pilbara and Gascoyne Regions. Helen Weller,  – Editor with the assistance from Hamilton, Roy & Harper-Nelson, John .  Photographic and Illustrations.with a foreword by D. H. O'Neil, Deputy Premier and Minister for Regional Administration And the North West, preface by Roy A. Hamilton, Director of the North West,   a collection of poetry, articles, anecdotes and stories (along with illustrations and photographs) celebrating north of Western Australia, above the 26th parallel.a collection of poetry, articles, anecdotes and stories (along with illustrations and photographs) celebrating north of Western Australia, above the 26th parallel. [to be indexed]

Publishing details: The Nine Club, Perth, Western Australia, 1979.
First Edition.
Hardcover (Original Cloth).
Ref: 1000
Wild and Woolley Comic Book Theview full entry
Reference: The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Ref: 1009
McCausland Ianview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
McLean Neilview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Sharp Martinview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Pinder Philview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Olszewski Laurelview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Olszewski Pietrview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Carr Geraldview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Althoff Ernieview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Andrew Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Little Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Dickie Peterview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Pride Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Rozycki Jackview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Porter Carolview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Puckridge Jonview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Daly Bobview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Greg and Graeview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Bromley Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Wild and Woolley Comic Book. By Pat Woolley. . A book of comic strips.
Publishing details: Sydney: Wild and Woolley 1977. 4to. Orig. illust. wrapper
Down underground comix view full entry
Reference: Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Ref: 1000
Pinder Philview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Mawson Mattview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Mackie Lizview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Leunig Michaelview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Buchanan Cherylview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Mollview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Dziatiek Andreview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Roberts Victoriaview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Amor Rickview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Coopes Jennyview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Negro Fredview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
McCausland Ianview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Daly Bobview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Sharp Martinview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Porter Carolview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Zoates Tobyview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Roth Stuartview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Curtis Sarahview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
McLean Neilview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Edwards Tonyview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Olszewski Laurelview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Stevens Colinview full entry
Reference: see Down underground comix / [compiled by] Phil Pinder. Profusely illustrated in comic-strip form.
Publishing details: Penguin Books 1983. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 144pp.
Davidson Barbaraview full entry
Reference: Barbara A. Davidson, by Tanya Crothers. ('This book illustrates Davidson's career as an artist-printmaker who is interested in the Sydney Harbour Bridge and other nationalist iconography.')
Publishing details: Sydney: Milhau Press 2001. Sm. 4to. Orig. cloth. Gilt. In illust. dustjacket. 80pp. Profusely illust. in col. and b/w.
New Photography Australiaview full entry
Reference: New Photography Australia. A selective survey. Edited by G. Howe.
Publishing details: Sydney: The Australian Centre for Photography 1974. Sq. sm. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 104pp. Profusely illust. with full-page b/w photographic plates.
Ref: 1000
Photography Australiaview full entry
Reference: see New Photography Australia. A selective survey. Edited by G. Howe.
Publishing details: Sydney: The Australian Centre for Photography 1974. Sq. sm. 4to. Orig. illust. limp boards. 104pp. Profusely illust. with full-page b/w photographic plates.
Parker Nview full entry
Reference: The History of the Hoppers. Verses by B. Parker. Illustrated by N. Parker. Reprint of London, 1912 ed.
Publishing details: The David Ell Press 1979. Large 4to. Orig. col. pictorial board. 54pp. With illust. title-page 12 full-page col. plates and many sepia drawings in the text. Reprint of Lond. 1912 ed.
Ref: 1000
Design in Balanceview full entry
Reference: Design in Balance. Designing the National Area of Canberra, 1968 -1972
JOHNSON, Roger.
Publishing details: QLD. U.P., (1974) Sm. 4to. Orig. dec. cloth. Dustjacket. (x,106pp.) With illust., and num. plans of which some are coloured.
Ref: 1000
Star Dust and Sea Sprayview full entry
Reference: Star Dust and Sea Spray, by Agnes Littlejohn. Text-illustrations by Sydney Ure Smith and Percy Leason
Publishing details: ydney: Edwards Dunlop & Co. Ltd. 1918. Roy.8vo. Or.cl. backed illust. boards rubbed. VIII84pp. With frontisp. title-vign. half-title page illust. and num. . 1st ed.
Ref: 1000
Leason Percyview full entry
Reference: see Star Dust and Sea Spray, by Agnes Littlejohn. Text-illustrations by Sydney Ure Smith and Percy Leason
Publishing details: ydney: Edwards Dunlop & Co. Ltd. 1918. Roy.8vo. Or.cl. backed illust. boards rubbed. VIII84pp. With frontisp. title-vign. half-title page illust. and num. . 1st ed.
Lindsay Lionelview full entry
Reference: see Star Dust and Sea Spray, by Agnes Littlejohn. Text-illustrations by Sydney Ure Smith and Percy Leason
Publishing details: ydney: Edwards Dunlop & Co. Ltd. 1918. Roy.8vo. Or.cl. backed illust. boards rubbed. VIII84pp. With frontisp. title-vign. half-title page illust. and num. . 1st ed.
Turner Gregview full entry
Reference: A Portrait of Orange and District.
Illustrated by Greg Turner. (By Jim Bentley).With numerous full-page col. plates and line drawings of the district.
Publishing details: (Bathurst: Robert Brown and Associates n.d. circa 1970s). Oblong 4to. Orig. papered boards. Spine gilt. Illust. dustjacket. In orig. gilt-titled slipcase. (72pp.). With num. full-page col. plates and line drawings of the district.
Ref: 1000
Adnam Gview full entry
Reference: Verse: Folk art, by Gertrude Moffitt.
Publishing details: Sydney: The Beacon Press 1932. Oblong 4to. Orig. qtr cloth with illust. boards. 38pp. With 16 illusts by G. Adnam. Lim. ed. of 150
Ref: 1000
Thompson Martinview full entry
Reference: The West Australian Bird Folio. Text by J. Dell and R. Johnstone. Ed. by D. Dunbar. Illust. by Martin Thompson. ‘A collection of scientifically accurate and aesthetically pleasing portrayals of West Australian birds by the artist Martin Thompson.’
Publishing details: Perth: The Rainbow Press 1981. Folio. Or.cf. backed suede. 112pp. With a col. frontisp. 36 full-page col. plates text-illusts. some in col. and maps one of which is full-page. Additional full-page col. plate loosely inserted. 1st ed. Limited to 1000
Ref: 1000
Lefebvre Frederic view full entry
Reference: Poemes. Illustrations and transcriptions by Frederic Lefebvre.
Publishing details: Sydney: Privately Published 1987. Tall slim 4to. Unbound as issued published by The Southern Typothetae Port Kembla NSW. Comprising poems and coloured tipped-in lithographs. Enclosed in illustrated folder and slip case. Edition limited to 2000 numbered copies.
Ref: 1000
Law-Smith Joanview full entry
Reference: Kindred Spirits. A Botanical Correspondence. Letters by Jean Galbraith. Drawings by Joan Law-Smith.By Anne Latreille.
Publishing details: Melbourne: Australian Garden History Society, (1999). Sm. 4to. Orig. cloth. Spine gilt titled. Dustjacket. (224pp.). With frontispiece and numerous b/w and col. illusts, many full-page. 1st edition. Fine. The story of a friendship based on a 'shared love of plants and the natural world'.

Ref: 1000
view full entry
Reference:
Bonython Kym (produced by)view full entry
Reference: Modern Australian Painting & Sculpture - A Survey of Australian Art from 1950 to 1960, produced by Kym Bonython with a forward by Professor Joseph Bourke and an introduction by Laurie Thomas [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Griffin Press, 1960, hc, dw, 81pp
Australian Printmaking. A limited edition folio of reproductions from major original Australian Prints.view full entry
Reference: Australian Printmaking. A limited edition folio of reproductions from major original Australian Prints. ASSOCIATED PULP AND PAPER MILLS LTD
Orig. portfolio with the 6 prints loosely inserted. Issued from the Collection of the Ballarat Fine Art Gallery. The titles are: Throwing the Spear J. H. Clark Castle Rock Cape Schank Eugene von Guerard Siesta Norman Lindsay The Black Cloak Napier Waller The Rose Thea Proctor A Vision For Builders Jan Sandbergs.
Publishing details: Each of the six selected represents a significant period in the development of Australian printmaking from the early nineteenth century to the present. . Melbourne n.d. circa 1975. 45 x 36 cm. orig. captioned envelope.
Ref: 1000
Printmakingview full entry
Reference: see Australian Printmaking. A limited edition folio of reproductions from major original Australian Prints. ASSOCIATED PULP AND PAPER MILLS LTD
Orig. portfolio with the 6 prints loosely inserted. Issued from the Collection of the Ballarat Fine Art Gallery. The titles are: Throwing the Spear J. H. Clark Castle Rock Cape Schank Eugene von Guerard Siesta Norman Lindsay The Black Cloak Napier Waller The Rose Thea Proctor A Vision For Builders Jan Sandbergs.
Publishing details: Each of the six selected represents a significant period in the development of Australian printmaking from the early nineteenth century to the present. . Melbourne n.d. circa 1975. 45 x 36 cm. orig. captioned envelope.
CAMERAGRAPHSview full entry
Reference: see BOSTOCK, Cecil W. CAMERAGRAPHS OF THE YEAR 1924. A Souvenir of the First Exhibition of the Australian Salon of Photography. Quarto, pp. 48 (chiefly photographic plates) + tipped-in frontispiece, original cloth. The Sydney Camera Circle was behind the formation of the annual Australian Photography Salon in 1924 and 1926. Bostock, a leading figure in photography circles, designed the catalogues for both exhibitions, both of which also included lengthy critical reviews by Harold Cazneaux. Only the 1924 and 1926 salons were afforded substantial catalogues. + BOSTOCK, Cecil W. CAMERAGRAPHS 1926. Selections from the Second Exhibition of the Australian Salon of Photography. Quarto, tipped-in frontispiece and 48 pages of photographic plates, original cloth. Sydney, Harringtons, n.d. but 1926. Extremely scarce: one of the rare copies in original cloth , most were issued in wrappers. [Information from Australian Book Auctions catalogue, 23 May, 2016, lot 226.]
Publishing details: Sydney, Harringtons, n.d. but 1924. Edition limited to 1000 copies.
Ameneiro Tonyview full entry
Reference: Flowers Skulls & Heads, [’Covering the work of Australian artist-printmaker Tony Ameneiro “Flowers Skulls & Heads” looks back over two decades of the artist's work.
Included are various essays by Australian art writers Glenn Barkley, Sasha Grishin, Dr Thomas A Middlemost and Erin Wilson.
Complete with a referenced catalogue of illustrations and a print glossary.

The first 100 copies are signed and numbered and come with a signed limited edition drypoint print’]

Publishing details: Tony Ameneiro, 136 pages, hardcover
Ref: 1000
Byrne c1900view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 73rd Meeting, 6 January 2022, report published online: Watercolour painting of “Oldfields”, historic cottage of c1850, Mintaro, S.A.
34.7 x 47.0 cm.
Although apparently signed by the artist at lower left, the wording is illegible but possibly reads Byrne. By chance the owner of the painting had once stayed at the cottage, a character B&B at the corner of Young and Stein streets in Mintaro, and so recognized the building when the painting came up for sale. Undated, the painting has stylistic similarities to others we have seen of the mid-north of SA done around 1900. The house itself is built of pug and stone, with walls 40 centimetres thick, slab floors of the local slate, and open hearth fireplaces. An unusual feature is the chimney construction – round chimneys of rubble slate – claimed to have been a style unique to 17th century southern France.
The Mintaro township lies on the eastern edge of the Clare Valley, about 126 kilometres north of Adelaide, and is a State heritage-listed town. Established when land there was advertised for sale in 1849, the site was laid out in 1854. It became a staging point on what was known as the Gulf Road, a track between the rich copper mines of Burra and Port Wakefield, along which bullock wagons and mules carried copper to the ships, returning with coal to fuel the smelters. Once the railway took over that role the town’s economy virtually collapsed, leaving the town “held in aspic”. A feature of Mintaro is the widespread use of the local Cambrian era slate for buildings, tanks, chimneys and gravestones. Mined since the 1854 it achieved international fame for the production of billiard tables, with the quarry regarded as the oldest continuously producing quarry in Australia.
Publishing details: https://www.australiana.org.au/resources/SA%20Report%2073%20-%20%20January%202022.pdf
Giles John view full entry
Reference: see SA Australiana Study Group 73rd Meeting, 6 January 2022, report published online: Watercolour painting, scene at Horseshoe Bay, Port Elliot SA, by John Giles. 1940s -1950s. Dimensions 17.2 x 24.3 cm (image). Original frame.
John Giles (1884/85-1970) was born in South Australia, and when young studied in Adelaide under Will Ashton (later Sir John William Ashton). When later studying in Sydney with J. S. Watkins they showed together in the annual exhibition of the Royal Art Society of NSW in 1917, amongst a constellation of early 20th century Australian artists. By occupation a tailor working at Port Adelaide, he was best known for his paintings, mainly in oils, of scenes around the port. Other areas he depicted were along the coast south of Adelaide and views of Sydney.
Giles and his wife mounted an exhibition of their combined works at the Society of Arts Gallery on North Terrace in Adelaide in July 1926, where in the opening address the President of the Society lauded them both, while reserving his chief remarks for John: “In Mr. Giles they had a worthy representative whose chief delight was in the sea. Yet his versatility was such that he had given not only seascapes and landscapes, but flower pieces and shell life as well... but the sea was his especial love... his touch was simple and direct, and his colour rich and good, and harmonious in tone. The speaker wished the couple every success...”
A friend of fellow painter Jeffrey Smart, Giles rated a mention in Smart’s 1996 memoir Not Quite Straight, and the two were said to have been together when Giles painted the above image. Although Giles fell somewhat into wider obscurity, an exhibition of his local works were shown at the SA Maritime Museum in 2009. At the time the National Trust of SA (Port Adelaide Branch) published an accompanying book Captured on Canvas – John Giles – Port Adelaide 1930-1960, by authors Susan Jenkins and Tony Kearney.
Publishing details: https://www.australiana.org.au/resources/SA%20Report%2073%20-%20%20January%202022.pdf
Hilder J Jview full entry
Reference: The Art of J J Hilder The Final Exhibition of His Water-colours and Pencil Studies June 7th to 18th, 1927. Farmer's Exhibition Hall, Sydney N.S.W.
Publishing details: Farmer’s, 1927, Colour plate glued to the front cover.
Ref: 1009
Johnson Robertview full entry
Reference: Paintings of Central Australia by Robert Johnson. Folded card with colour illustrated front and list of 61 art works by Johnson who was born in New Zealand.
Publishing details: Published in New Zealand by the Government Printer. [no date but Trove dates it as 1959].
Ref: 1000
Bulletin Theview full entry
Reference: The Books of the Bulletin 1880 - 1952 An Annotated Bibliography by George Mackaness and Walter W Stone With Preliminary Essay by W E Fitzhenry and Norman Lindsay. Frontispiece and two other full page illustrations by Lindsay as well as illustrations by Phil May and Livingston Hopkins.
Publishing details: Published in Sydney by Angus and Robertson in an edition of 500 copies, in dustwrapper.
Ref: 1000
Gazard Johnview full entry
Reference: Picturesque South Australia 24 Views From Copyright Photographs by J. Gazard. 24 pages of photographic views.
Publishing details: Measures 24 x 18 cms Original thin board covers with a crease on the front cover. No date but Trove suggests 1907.
Ref: 1000
Haddon Georgeview full entry
Reference: 2004 calendar by George Haddon
Publishing details: publishing details to be added
Ref: 1000
Julius Harry view full entry
Reference: Theatrical Caricatures by Harry Julius. Marginal Anecdotes by Claude McKay. Profusely illustrated.
Publishing details: Sydney: NSW Bookstall, 1912.
Ref: 1000
Molnar Georgeview full entry
Reference: The Union Club Sketches by Molnar. 25 pages printed one side of the paper only. Ring bound. An unpublished book. Photocopied. Inscribed by George Molnar and dated 1989
Publishing details: unpublished, 1989, offered at Sydney Rare Book Auctions
February 4, 2022, lot 667.
Ref: 1000
Tjapaltjarri Clifford Possum view full entry
Reference: Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri : paintings, 1973-1986. Published to accompany an exhibition at the ICA, 7 April to 29 May 1988.
Publishing details: Sydney : Institute of Contemporary Arts, [1988?] 
39 p. : ill. (some col.), 1 map
Ref: 1000
Australian nature from the heartview full entry
Reference: Australian nature from the heart : the paintings of Sally Elmer & Peter Slater / [text and images by] Sally Elmer & Peter Slater ; foreword, Joseph M Forshaw AM. [’Peter Slater and Sally Elmer have teamed up to produce a collection of images covering all aspects of Australian natural history. Subjects include many species of birds, plus mammals, insects, reptiles and much more, with these creature often portrayed with backdrops of stunning Australian landscapes, from desert and bush to rainforest and wetlands. The accompanying text gives fascinating background information and insight into species both common and rare, which the authors have encountered on their extensive travels around Australia.’]
Publishing details: Reed New Holland Publishers, 2021,
224 pages : colour illustrations
Ref: 1000
Elmer Sallyview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature from the heart : the paintings of Sally Elmer & Peter Slater / [text and images by] Sally Elmer & Peter Slater ; foreword, Joseph M Forshaw AM. [’Peter Slater and Sally Elmer have teamed up to produce a collection of images covering all aspects of Australian natural history. Subjects include many species of birds, plus mammals, insects, reptiles and much more, with these creature often portrayed with backdrops of stunning Australian landscapes, from desert and bush to rainforest and wetlands. The accompanying text gives fascinating background information and insight into species both common and rare, which the authors have encountered on their extensive travels around Australia.’]
Publishing details: Reed New Holland Publishers, 2021,
224 pages : colour illustrations
Slater Peterview full entry
Reference: see Australian nature from the heart : the paintings of Sally Elmer & Peter Slater / [text and images by] Sally Elmer & Peter Slater ; foreword, Joseph M Forshaw AM. [’Peter Slater and Sally Elmer have teamed up to produce a collection of images covering all aspects of Australian natural history. Subjects include many species of birds, plus mammals, insects, reptiles and much more, with these creature often portrayed with backdrops of stunning Australian landscapes, from desert and bush to rainforest and wetlands. The accompanying text gives fascinating background information and insight into species both common and rare, which the authors have encountered on their extensive travels around Australia.’]
Publishing details: Reed New Holland Publishers, 2021,
224 pages : colour illustrations
Broinowski Graciusview full entry
Reference: Birds of Australia : a selection of his finest lithographs, 1887-1891 / Gracius Joseph Broinowski. Scientific profiles by Peter Mawson. Includes index.
Bibliography: p. 210.
Publishing details: Subiaco, W.A., : Broinowski Pub. Co., 1987 
211 pages : illustrations (chiefly col.), facsimiles, col. maps, port. Limited ed. of 850 numbered copies.
Ref: 1000
Broinowski Graciusview full entry
Reference: The birds of Australasia published in the centennial year of the colonisation of Australia : illustrated and described by Gracius. J. Broinowski ... / G.J. Broinowski
Ref: 1000
Broinowski Graciusview full entry
Reference: Birds and mammals of Australia / drawn, lithographed and described by Gracius J. Broinowski. [Contains 16 plates of birds and 15 plates of mammals with associated text.
N copy held in the folio run of the Mathews Collection.]
Publishing details: (Sydney, G. Murray)Sydney, Issued under the authority of the Department of Public Instruction of New South Wales, [1885?], 1 v. (unpaged) : col. ill.
Ref: 1000
Tjapaltjarri Clifford Possum view full entry
Reference: see Vandemonian by Cliff Forshaw. [’The term Vandemonian refers to Van Dieman's Land, and Cliff Forshaw's sixth collection focuses on its inhabitants, both human and animal, newcomer and Aborigine, to piece together a fragmentary history of Tasmania. The first section moves from the island's mythic beginnings as Trowenna, through its discovery by Europeans andthe subsequent destruction of native peoples and wildlife as it becomes a penal colony's own penal colony. The poems roam wider and eventually fetch up on the mainland. A Ned Kelly Hymnal reflects on the legend of the famous outlaw, its use by artists and its ambiguous ubiquity as a symbol of Australian identity. The book concludes with The Shoal Bay Death Spirit Dreaming : an elegy for one whitefella victim of the Australian sun. The poem considers death and displacement through the disorientating effects of modern travel which foster oblique reflections on a famous aborigine artwork, the huge collaborative painting by Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri and his brother Tim Leura Tjapaltjarri,The Napper by Death Spirit Dreaming.’]


Publishing details: Arc Publications, 2013, 80pp
Vandemonianview full entry
Reference: Vandemonian by Cliff Forshaw. [’The term Vandemonian refers to Van Dieman's Land, and Cliff Forshaw's sixth collection focuses on its inhabitants, both human and animal, newcomer and Aborigine, to piece together a fragmentary history of Tasmania. The first section moves from the island's mythic beginnings as Trowenna, through its discovery by Europeans andthe subsequent destruction of native peoples and wildlife as it becomes a penal colony's own penal colony. The poems roam wider and eventually fetch up on the mainland. A Ned Kelly Hymnal reflects on the legend of the famous outlaw, its use by artists and its ambiguous ubiquity as a symbol of Australian identity. The book concludes with The Shoal Bay Death Spirit Dreaming : an elegy for one whitefella victim of the Australian sun. The poem considers death and displacement through the disorientating effects of modern travel which foster oblique reflections on a famous aborigine artwork, the huge collaborative painting by Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri and his brother Tim Leura Tjapaltjarri,The Napper by Death Spirit Dreaming.’]


Publishing details: Arc Publications, 2013, 80pp
Ref: 1000
Tjapaltjarri Tim Leura view full entry
Reference: see Vandemonian by Cliff Forshaw. [’The term Vandemonian refers to Van Dieman's Land, and Cliff Forshaw's sixth collection focuses on its inhabitants, both human and animal, newcomer and Aborigine, to piece together a fragmentary history of Tasmania. The first section moves from the island's mythic beginnings as Trowenna, through its discovery by Europeans andthe subsequent destruction of native peoples and wildlife as it becomes a penal colony's own penal colony. The poems roam wider and eventually fetch up on the mainland. A Ned Kelly Hymnal reflects on the legend of the famous outlaw, its use by artists and its ambiguous ubiquity as a symbol of Australian identity. The book concludes with The Shoal Bay Death Spirit Dreaming : an elegy for one whitefella victim of the Australian sun. The poem considers death and displacement through the disorientating effects of modern travel which foster oblique reflections on a famous aborigine artwork, the huge collaborative painting by Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri and his brother Tim Leura Tjapaltjarri,The Napper by Death Spirit Dreaming.’]


Publishing details: Arc Publications, 2013, 80pp
Keringkeview full entry
Reference: Keringke: Contemporary Eastern Arrernte Art [’There is a cultural grouping of aboriginals with a similar language spoken in and around Alice Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia called Eastern Arrente. In the town of Santa Teresa, 80km SE of Alice Springs, the Keringke Art Centre began with a nine week fabric-painting course back in 1987. In 1988 the women of Santa Teresa held an exhibition at the Australian Bicentennial Craft Show, the first time an Aboriginal group had done so. By 1989, funding had allowed the building of a purpose-built Art Centre. It was named after the dreaming place of Kathleen Wallace, one of the artists at Santa Teresa. Keringke means ‘Kangaroo Tracks’. Despite widespread funding cuts to Art Centres during the 90’s, Keringke has flourished in recent times and is now a vital component of the area’s cultural, social and economic fabric. It was evident from the inception of the Keringke Arts association, that the Santa Teresa women certainly had an artistic style all their own. The women...]
Publishing details: Jukurrpa Books, Alice Springs, 1999, Soft cover
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Keringke: Contemporary Eastern Arrernte Art [’There is a cultural grouping of aboriginals with a similar language spoken in and around Alice Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia called Eastern Arrente. In the town of Santa Teresa, 80km SE of Alice Springs, the Keringke Art Centre began with a nine week fabric-painting course back in 1987. In 1988 the women of Santa Teresa held an exhibition at the Australian Bicentennial Craft Show, the first time an Aboriginal group had done so. By 1989, funding had allowed the building of a purpose-built Art Centre. It was named after the dreaming place of Kathleen Wallace, one of the artists at Santa Teresa. Keringke means ‘Kangaroo Tracks’. Despite widespread funding cuts to Art Centres during the 90’s, Keringke has flourished in recent times and is now a vital component of the area’s cultural, social and economic fabric. It was evident from the inception of the Keringke Arts association, that the Santa Teresa women certainly had an artistic style all their own. The women...]
Publishing details: Jukurrpa Books, Alice Springs, 1999, Soft cover
Evans Jane NZview full entry
Reference: Jane Evans, by John Coley. [’Jane Evans is one of New Zealand's most successful artists. Her exuberant, colorful paintings attract collectors from around the world, and she has a waiting list of buyers for every work she creates. She has held sell-out exhibitions and seen her paintings auctioned for record prices.
But this success has not been easily achieved. At the age of eighteen, Jane Evans contracted systemic lupus erythematosus, a crippling and chronically painful condition, which affects the joints and the muscles surrounding them.
As John Coley recounts in this lively biography, Jane Evans kept her condition from the public for many years and has refused to let it interfere with her passion for painting and her enjoyment of a full and richly experienced life. As well as painting, she has also renovated two homes and created two gardens and traveled widely.
Superbly illustrated with over 100 reproductions of her works, more than 80 photographs by Lloyd Park of her home, garden and studio and brimming with the glorious color for which Jane Evans is famous, this book is a fitting tribute, visually and in words, to one of New Zealand's best-loved artists.

About the Author:
Initially trained as a journalist, John Coley lectured for many years in art education at the Christchurch Teachers College, before being appointed director of the Robert McDougall Art Gallery, the city's public art museum, in 1981.
Active as an artist, teacher and arts administrator throughout his career, he was appointed MBE in 1988 for services to the visual arts. He retired in 1995 to devote his time to painting, travel and a variety of personal creative projects.’]
Publishing details: Published by Hazard Press, Christchurch, New Zealand, 1997,
Ref: 1000
Waldman Shavali Samview full entry
Reference: Waldman Paintings Volume Two
Publishing details: Published by Anonymous, Australia, 1996, 84pp
Ref: 1000
Waldman Shavali Samview full entry
Reference: Waldman Paintings Volumes One and Two
Publishing details: [Sydney : S. Waldman], 1993-1996, 2 v. : col. ill. ; 26 cm. 
Ref: 1000
Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in Londonview full entry
Reference: The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Ref: 1000
colonial artview full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
London - Australian artists inview full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
1898 Exhibition of Australian Art in Londonview full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
London Exhibition of Australian Art in London 1898 view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Grafton Galleries exhibition in London 1898 view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Buchan Alexander (? – 1769)view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century. [Buchan travelled with Sydney Parkinson (c1745-1771)... died before reaching Australia, was selected to ‘sketch views and plants’ on a voyage that aimed to confirm the ‘existence of [the] mysterious continent.’
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Parkinson Sydney (c1745-1771)view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Lycett Joseph view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Dale Robert afterview full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Dowling Robert view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
Ironside Adelaide view full entry
Reference: see The Exhibition and Reception of Australian Art in London in the Nineteenth Century
A thesis presented by PETRIT ABAZI.
To The School of Culture and Communication in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
MASTER OF ART CURATORSHIP ACUR90004
University of Melbourne SUPERVISOR: DR ANTHONY WHITE OCTOBER, 2014. Abstract
This thesis examines the presence of Australian art, that is to say art produced in Australia or by Australians, in London in the period from 1770 to the 1890s. In doing so, the thesis investigates the development of the exhibition and reception of Australian art in the British capital and traces the meaning of such art for Londoners. In spite of a great deal of recent scholarship focusing on the exhibition and reception of Australian art in London in the 1950s and 1960s, little research has been done on the importance of London as an art centre for Australians in the nineteenth century. This thesis will address this gap by analysing what works were seen in London in that period, the differing purposes for which the images were made, and how these were received by the English viewers. A particular focus of the thesis is the 1898 Exhibition of Australian Art at the Grafton Galleries – an event which marked the height of critical acclaim for Australian art in London – an esteem that would not be equalled for over half a century.
lithographsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Painter–Etchers Society Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Australian Painter–Etchers Societyview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
postersview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
woodblock printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Wood-engravingview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
linocuts and Sydney women artistsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Grosvenor School and colour linocutsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
New Theatreview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Preston Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lindsay Lionel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Sherwood Maud printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Hilder Bim printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Terry F C printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Martens Conrad printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Montefiore E L printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Chevalier Nicholas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Mather John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Reynolds George printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Roberts Tom printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Hopkins Livingston printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Fullwood A H printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Ashton Julian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Minns B E printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Shirlow John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Cobb Victor vview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Moffitt Ernest printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lindsay Norman printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Leason Percy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Barnes Gustav printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Smith Sydney Ure printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Heysen Hans printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Coffey Alfred printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Gruner Elioth printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
van Raalte Henri printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Long Sydney printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lambert George printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Bell George printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Geach Portia printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Traill Jessie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Conder Charles printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Streeton Arthur printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Allport C L printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Proctor Thea printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Baker Cristina Asquith printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Flanagan John Richard printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Fox Ethel Carrick printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Goodchild John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Eldershaw John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Goodchild Doreen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Bunny Rupert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Gregory Ina printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Macdonald J S printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Waller Napier printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Reynolds F C printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Brown Vincent printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Herbert Harold printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Curtis Robert Emerson printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Hinder Frank printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lovett Mildred printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Grey F Millward printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Kauffman John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Morris George J printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Cazneaux Harold printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Paul Mick re cartoonview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Feint Adrian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Baldwinson Arthur printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Crane Olive printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Darbyshire Beatrice printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Young Blamire printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lind Ruby printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Keane Jas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Gill S T printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Grist Harry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Troedel Charles printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Fischer A J printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Wilmot Frank printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Buring Adolph printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Betts W printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Smedley William Thomas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Patterson Ambrose printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Teague Violet printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Rede Geraldine printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Spowers Ethel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Webb A B printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lungley Dorothy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Nimmo Lorna printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Palmer Ethleen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Haefliger Paul printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Northfield James printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Trompf Percy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Sellheim Gert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Annand Douglas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Davies L Roy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
McGrath Raymond printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Perrottet G D printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Jordan Allan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Ogilvie Helen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Rees Ann Gillmore printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Threthowan Edith printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Perry Adelaide printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Thake Eric printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Gibbons Gladys printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Kingston Amie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Ainsworth Ruth printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Allan Ailsa printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Beatty Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Blackburn Vera printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Cornish Muriel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Weitzel Frank printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Younghusband Adele printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Waller Christian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Griffin Murray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Crombie Peggy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Grant Nancy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Pye Mabel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Hawthorne Dore printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Birmingham Karna printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Irvine Ysobel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Montgomery Robert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Black Dorrit printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Fabian Erwin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Dyson Will printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Mack Ludwig Hirschfeld printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Freedman Harold printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Simon Bruno printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lymburner Francis printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Dargie William printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Dyson Ambrose printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
McCulloch Alan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Richmond Oliffe printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Hick Jacqueline printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Aldor Christine nee Miller printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Miller Christine later Aldor printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Roberts Douglas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Perceval C H printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Maughan Jack printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Leon Dominic printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
McClintock Herbert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Dalgarno Roy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Counihan Noel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Buzacott Nutter printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Mahood Marguerite printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Bainbridge John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Menkhorst printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Harris Eve printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Bucklow J E printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lindesay Vane printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Rehfisch Alison printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Hall Oswald printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Travers Hilda printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
O’Connor Vic printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Carter Maurie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Lincoln Kevin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Millward Clem printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Amor Rick printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Walker Murray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Coventry Frederick printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Graham Geoffrey printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Wienholt Anne printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Cilento Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Glass Raymond printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Annois Len printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
McClintock Rem printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Crooke Ray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Boyd Arthur printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Whisson Ken printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
French Leonard printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Rosengrave Harry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Blackman Charles printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Salkauskas Henry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Kahan Louis printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Stein Guenter printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Zikaras Teisutis printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Strachan David printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Halpern Stacha printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed - images by Australian artists 1885 - 1955 by Roger Butler. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
This volume follows Australian printmaking through a seventy-year period, from the latter part of the nineteenth century as the print (freed from its reproductive bounds) became a vehicle for pure artistic expression; through the great social and political traumas of the first half of the twentieth century, when print was co-opted to carry a message; and concludes in the immediate postwar years with prints that signal the artists' search for meaning and an awareness of self.
Publishing details: NGA, 2007, hc, dw, 328pp
Prints in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
posters (p 248-279)view full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Aboriginal artists prints before 2000 (p 280-323)view full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Torres Strait Islanders prints (p 324-335)view full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Sumner Alan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Murray Lesley printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Thake Eric printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Richmond Oliffe printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
King Graham printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Griffin Murray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ratas Vaclovas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kubbos Eva printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Salkauskas Henry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Miksevicius Jurgis printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Saline Gunars printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Sellbach Udo printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Groblicka Lidia printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Marek Voitre printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Marek Dusan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Shearer Mitzi printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Duldig Karl printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Keky Eva printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Friedeberger Klaus printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mayo Eileen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Beck Richard printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Bainbridge John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Sellheim Gert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Annand Douglas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Grieve Robert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Armstrong Ian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Courier Jack printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Brown Geoffrey printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Walker Murray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Williams Fred printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Maddock Bea printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Boyd Arthur printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Olsen John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Miller Max printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Lanceley Colin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kelpra Studio print workshopview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Whiteley Brett printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hanrahan Barbara printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wicks Arthur printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Backen Earle printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Haxton Elaine printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Nolan Sidney printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Atelier 17 print workshopview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Plate Carl printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Preston Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Haselden Hubert photographerview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022:
Lettersheet with an engraving of Simon Wonga and Maria by Grosse, from a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier after a daguerreotype by Hubert Haselden. Sent from Bendigo, April, 1860.
sheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman. From Photographs by Haselden’; the imprint of the Melbourne publisher, George Slater, appears at the foot of the caption; the remainder of the first page and the two inner two pages are occupied by a manuscript letter, dated at Bendigo, 15 April 1860, from James F. Dewar to his wife (presumably in England or Scotland, as the letter’s content suggests); the last page is blank; the lettersheet – as explained by Dewar in his message – was enclosed inside another letter sent to his brother, and so lacks an address; original folds, complete and in fine condition.
The engraving on this rare lettersheet was published (but without the caption) by George Slater as the cover illustration for The Newsletter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857; however, the present version is on a separately issued lettersheet – also published by Slater – of which we have not been able to trace another example. As the present example has a handwritten communication dated 15 April 1860, we tentatively suggest that The Newsletter of Australasia printing was the primary one, and that this otherwise plain lettersheet was a secondary printing of the engraving – with a possible issue date of up to two or three years later than March 1857.
A third usage of the engraving, with the imprint of P. Brown, publisher, 120 Elizabeth Street, Melbourne (printed by Walker, May & Co.) is held in the National Library of Australia (Rex Nan Kivell Collection, NK9844/18.). This appears to be a separately issued engraving (sheet size 9.7 x 14 cm) – not a lettersheet. The NLA example is illustrated in Calling the shots : Aboriginal photographies (Jane Lydon, editor. Canberra : Aboriginal Studies Press, 2014, p 110). When we consider that P. Brown’s business premises in Elizabeth Street were located directly opposite Haselden’s photographic studio in 1857-58 (see below), it seems reasonable to speculate that this fact might argue the case for Brown’s imprint being even earlier than both of Slater’s.
A heavily re-worked version of the same engraving, with the generic caption ‘Natives‘, was pirated for use as one of the vignette illustrations in the chromolithographic souvenir produced in honour of the explorers Burke and Wills, The Melbourne Rose, Part II, which was printed in Hamburg by C. Adler’s Printing Establishment for the London publishers Joseph, Myers & Co., in 1862.
Jane Lydon comments on the image from the Nan Kivell Collection:
‘Like Kilburn a decade earlier, Hubert Haselden used a series of [daguerreotype] portraits of Kulin people to advertise his ‘Daguerrean & Photographic Artists’ Melbourne establishment. As is often the case where daguerreotypes have disappeared, the only surviving portrait from this series comprises an engraving, based on a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier, based on Haselden’s daguerreotype, of Wurundjeri man Simon Wonga, son of Wurundjeri ngurungaeta (leader) Billibellary and his wife Maria.
In 1862 the Illustrated Melbourne Post explained that Wonga had “considerable claims on our notice”, being “the son of of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief, and friend of Batman. The interesting couple will be readily recognised, not only by Melbournites, but by many through the surrounding districts, where Simon and his lubra pay their periodical visits.”
The Indigenous subjects were considered local celebrities, well known to the residents of the settlement and beyond. Wonga, in particular, played a key role in the fortunes of his people during these decades and was of considerable interest to European viewers. There is evidence that Wonga was equally interested in the results of photography: in 1857 he exchanged the nest and egg of a superb lyrebird, known by the Wurundjeri as the Bullan-Bullan, for two photographs – possibly even Haselden’s daguerreotypes….’ (ibid., pp 110-111).
In their essay A Letter Home to Scotland from Warrenheip in April 1857: Insights into Life in a Railway Survey Camp (Victorian Historical Journal, Volume 86, Number 2, December 2015, pp 363-380), Ian Clark and Beth Kicinski provide a discussion of a letter written on an issue of the News Letter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857, which was “discovered” in Scotland in 2012 and is now in Clark’s private collection:
‘On the front page of Issue 9, March 1857, was an illustration of two “Aborigines of Victoria”, with the following text: Our illustration this month consists of portraits of two well known Aborigines who have frequently visited Melbourne. The gradual declension of these people must give a singular interest to every faithful record of them. The present engraving was drawn by M. [sic] Chevalier, from daguerreotypes by H. Haselden. This should be N Chevalier [note: the authors are incorrect in their interpretation here, as the M. actually stands for Monsieur!], a reference to Nicholas Chevalier (1828-1902), a Russian-born artist son of Swiss-born Louis Chevalier and his Russian wife, who joined his father and brother Louis in Victoria in early 1855. His artistic talents were used by newly established Melbourne newspapers, such as the Melbourne Punch and the News Letter of Australasia, so he decided to stay in Victoria. Hubert Haselden operated in Melbourne from 1857 to 1858 at the following locations: 107 Elizabeth Street (1857–58); 57 Collins Street East (1857); 234 Bourke Street North (1858). Prussian-born Frederick Grosse engraved illustrations for the newspaper from August 1855. The wood engraving by Grosse is entitled ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal woman, an average type of the native woman of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief and friend of Batman’. Jagga Jagga is a reference to Billibellary, the eminent Wurundjeri-willam ngurungaeta (clan head) (c.1799–1846), one of the signatories [to] John Batman’s 1835 ‘treaty’ with the Melbourne Aborigines. Simon Wonga (b. c.1824) was his eldest son and rightful heir and was recognised as ngurungaeta until his death in 1874; he married a Wathawurrung woman. Presumably the woman pictured beside Simon Wonga in this portrait is his wife, Maria.’ (Maria was photographed at Coranderrk by Charles Walter in 1866).
Full transcription of James Dewar’s letter to his wife:
‘Bendigo, 15 April 1860.
My Dear Wife,
I am Writing John by this Post & enclose you these few lines – I was surprised at not hearing from your self as I wanted much to hear about the children – and wether you were inclined to come out here as I had made arrangements as far as I could do to receive you all – Let them all know now that I am to leave this [country] if spared about a year hence for home & will be glad to hear from you & the children in the meantime. I do think still it would have been far better had you & the children come out as their Prospects would have been better here – however I can say I have done all I could for your sakes & theirs but be assured there are difficulties to be met with here as well as at home – and that all [who] come here do not make fortunes. Now my dear as I am looking ancious forward to meeting you & the children let nothing like [shyness?] be between us but write to me immediately on receipt of this. You can form no idea of the feelings one experience[s] on receiving a letter from home especially from a Wife so far distant – My Dear do make the children add a few lines as I should be so pleased of it. I must bid you adew at Present. I remain your ever affectionate Husband, James F. Dewar.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Geo. Slater, publisher, [between 1857 and 1860]. Lettersheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman.
Chevalier Nicholasview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022:
Lettersheet with an engraving of Simon Wonga and Maria by Grosse, from a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier after a daguerreotype by Hubert Haselden. Sent from Bendigo, April, 1860.
sheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman. From Photographs by Haselden’; the imprint of the Melbourne publisher, George Slater, appears at the foot of the caption; the remainder of the first page and the two inner two pages are occupied by a manuscript letter, dated at Bendigo, 15 April 1860, from James F. Dewar to his wife (presumably in England or Scotland, as the letter’s content suggests); the last page is blank; the lettersheet – as explained by Dewar in his message – was enclosed inside another letter sent to his brother, and so lacks an address; original folds, complete and in fine condition.
The engraving on this rare lettersheet was published (but without the caption) by George Slater as the cover illustration for The Newsletter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857; however, the present version is on a separately issued lettersheet – also published by Slater – of which we have not been able to trace another example. As the present example has a handwritten communication dated 15 April 1860, we tentatively suggest that The Newsletter of Australasia printing was the primary one, and that this otherwise plain lettersheet was a secondary printing of the engraving – with a possible issue date of up to two or three years later than March 1857.
A third usage of the engraving, with the imprint of P. Brown, publisher, 120 Elizabeth Street, Melbourne (printed by Walker, May & Co.) is held in the National Library of Australia (Rex Nan Kivell Collection, NK9844/18.). This appears to be a separately issued engraving (sheet size 9.7 x 14 cm) – not a lettersheet. The NLA example is illustrated in Calling the shots : Aboriginal photographies (Jane Lydon, editor. Canberra : Aboriginal Studies Press, 2014, p 110). When we consider that P. Brown’s business premises in Elizabeth Street were located directly opposite Haselden’s photographic studio in 1857-58 (see below), it seems reasonable to speculate that this fact might argue the case for Brown’s imprint being even earlier than both of Slater’s.
A heavily re-worked version of the same engraving, with the generic caption ‘Natives‘, was pirated for use as one of the vignette illustrations in the chromolithographic souvenir produced in honour of the explorers Burke and Wills, The Melbourne Rose, Part II, which was printed in Hamburg by C. Adler’s Printing Establishment for the London publishers Joseph, Myers & Co., in 1862.
Jane Lydon comments on the image from the Nan Kivell Collection:
‘Like Kilburn a decade earlier, Hubert Haselden used a series of [daguerreotype] portraits of Kulin people to advertise his ‘Daguerrean & Photographic Artists’ Melbourne establishment. As is often the case where daguerreotypes have disappeared, the only surviving portrait from this series comprises an engraving, based on a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier, based on Haselden’s daguerreotype, of Wurundjeri man Simon Wonga, son of Wurundjeri ngurungaeta (leader) Billibellary and his wife Maria.
In 1862 the Illustrated Melbourne Post explained that Wonga had “considerable claims on our notice”, being “the son of of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief, and friend of Batman. The interesting couple will be readily recognised, not only by Melbournites, but by many through the surrounding districts, where Simon and his lubra pay their periodical visits.”
The Indigenous subjects were considered local celebrities, well known to the residents of the settlement and beyond. Wonga, in particular, played a key role in the fortunes of his people during these decades and was of considerable interest to European viewers. There is evidence that Wonga was equally interested in the results of photography: in 1857 he exchanged the nest and egg of a superb lyrebird, known by the Wurundjeri as the Bullan-Bullan, for two photographs – possibly even Haselden’s daguerreotypes….’ (ibid., pp 110-111).
In their essay A Letter Home to Scotland from Warrenheip in April 1857: Insights into Life in a Railway Survey Camp (Victorian Historical Journal, Volume 86, Number 2, December 2015, pp 363-380), Ian Clark and Beth Kicinski provide a discussion of a letter written on an issue of the News Letter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857, which was “discovered” in Scotland in 2012 and is now in Clark’s private collection:
‘On the front page of Issue 9, March 1857, was an illustration of two “Aborigines of Victoria”, with the following text: Our illustration this month consists of portraits of two well known Aborigines who have frequently visited Melbourne. The gradual declension of these people must give a singular interest to every faithful record of them. The present engraving was drawn by M. [sic] Chevalier, from daguerreotypes by H. Haselden. This should be N Chevalier [note: the authors are incorrect in their interpretation here, as the M. actually stands for Monsieur!], a reference to Nicholas Chevalier (1828-1902), a Russian-born artist son of Swiss-born Louis Chevalier and his Russian wife, who joined his father and brother Louis in Victoria in early 1855. His artistic talents were used by newly established Melbourne newspapers, such as the Melbourne Punch and the News Letter of Australasia, so he decided to stay in Victoria. Hubert Haselden operated in Melbourne from 1857 to 1858 at the following locations: 107 Elizabeth Street (1857–58); 57 Collins Street East (1857); 234 Bourke Street North (1858). Prussian-born Frederick Grosse engraved illustrations for the newspaper from August 1855. The wood engraving by Grosse is entitled ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal woman, an average type of the native woman of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief and friend of Batman’. Jagga Jagga is a reference to Billibellary, the eminent Wurundjeri-willam ngurungaeta (clan head) (c.1799–1846), one of the signatories [to] John Batman’s 1835 ‘treaty’ with the Melbourne Aborigines. Simon Wonga (b. c.1824) was his eldest son and rightful heir and was recognised as ngurungaeta until his death in 1874; he married a Wathawurrung woman. Presumably the woman pictured beside Simon Wonga in this portrait is his wife, Maria.’ (Maria was photographed at Coranderrk by Charles Walter in 1866).
Full transcription of James Dewar’s letter to his wife:
‘Bendigo, 15 April 1860.
My Dear Wife,
I am Writing John by this Post & enclose you these few lines – I was surprised at not hearing from your self as I wanted much to hear about the children – and wether you were inclined to come out here as I had made arrangements as far as I could do to receive you all – Let them all know now that I am to leave this [country] if spared about a year hence for home & will be glad to hear from you & the children in the meantime. I do think still it would have been far better had you & the children come out as their Prospects would have been better here – however I can say I have done all I could for your sakes & theirs but be assured there are difficulties to be met with here as well as at home – and that all [who] come here do not make fortunes. Now my dear as I am looking ancious forward to meeting you & the children let nothing like [shyness?] be between us but write to me immediately on receipt of this. You can form no idea of the feelings one experience[s] on receiving a letter from home especially from a Wife so far distant – My Dear do make the children add a few lines as I should be so pleased of it. I must bid you adew at Present. I remain your ever affectionate Husband, James F. Dewar.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Geo. Slater, publisher, [between 1857 and 1860]. Lettersheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman.
Grosse Frederick engraverview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022:
Lettersheet with an engraving of Simon Wonga and Maria by Grosse, from a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier after a daguerreotype by Hubert Haselden. Sent from Bendigo, April, 1860.
sheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman. From Photographs by Haselden’; the imprint of the Melbourne publisher, George Slater, appears at the foot of the caption; the remainder of the first page and the two inner two pages are occupied by a manuscript letter, dated at Bendigo, 15 April 1860, from James F. Dewar to his wife (presumably in England or Scotland, as the letter’s content suggests); the last page is blank; the lettersheet – as explained by Dewar in his message – was enclosed inside another letter sent to his brother, and so lacks an address; original folds, complete and in fine condition.
The engraving on this rare lettersheet was published (but without the caption) by George Slater as the cover illustration for The Newsletter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857; however, the present version is on a separately issued lettersheet – also published by Slater – of which we have not been able to trace another example. As the present example has a handwritten communication dated 15 April 1860, we tentatively suggest that The Newsletter of Australasia printing was the primary one, and that this otherwise plain lettersheet was a secondary printing of the engraving – with a possible issue date of up to two or three years later than March 1857.
A third usage of the engraving, with the imprint of P. Brown, publisher, 120 Elizabeth Street, Melbourne (printed by Walker, May & Co.) is held in the National Library of Australia (Rex Nan Kivell Collection, NK9844/18.). This appears to be a separately issued engraving (sheet size 9.7 x 14 cm) – not a lettersheet. The NLA example is illustrated in Calling the shots : Aboriginal photographies (Jane Lydon, editor. Canberra : Aboriginal Studies Press, 2014, p 110). When we consider that P. Brown’s business premises in Elizabeth Street were located directly opposite Haselden’s photographic studio in 1857-58 (see below), it seems reasonable to speculate that this fact might argue the case for Brown’s imprint being even earlier than both of Slater’s.
A heavily re-worked version of the same engraving, with the generic caption ‘Natives‘, was pirated for use as one of the vignette illustrations in the chromolithographic souvenir produced in honour of the explorers Burke and Wills, The Melbourne Rose, Part II, which was printed in Hamburg by C. Adler’s Printing Establishment for the London publishers Joseph, Myers & Co., in 1862.
Jane Lydon comments on the image from the Nan Kivell Collection:
‘Like Kilburn a decade earlier, Hubert Haselden used a series of [daguerreotype] portraits of Kulin people to advertise his ‘Daguerrean & Photographic Artists’ Melbourne establishment. As is often the case where daguerreotypes have disappeared, the only surviving portrait from this series comprises an engraving, based on a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier, based on Haselden’s daguerreotype, of Wurundjeri man Simon Wonga, son of Wurundjeri ngurungaeta (leader) Billibellary and his wife Maria.
In 1862 the Illustrated Melbourne Post explained that Wonga had “considerable claims on our notice”, being “the son of of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief, and friend of Batman. The interesting couple will be readily recognised, not only by Melbournites, but by many through the surrounding districts, where Simon and his lubra pay their periodical visits.”
The Indigenous subjects were considered local celebrities, well known to the residents of the settlement and beyond. Wonga, in particular, played a key role in the fortunes of his people during these decades and was of considerable interest to European viewers. There is evidence that Wonga was equally interested in the results of photography: in 1857 he exchanged the nest and egg of a superb lyrebird, known by the Wurundjeri as the Bullan-Bullan, for two photographs – possibly even Haselden’s daguerreotypes….’ (ibid., pp 110-111).
In their essay A Letter Home to Scotland from Warrenheip in April 1857: Insights into Life in a Railway Survey Camp (Victorian Historical Journal, Volume 86, Number 2, December 2015, pp 363-380), Ian Clark and Beth Kicinski provide a discussion of a letter written on an issue of the News Letter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857, which was “discovered” in Scotland in 2012 and is now in Clark’s private collection:
‘On the front page of Issue 9, March 1857, was an illustration of two “Aborigines of Victoria”, with the following text: Our illustration this month consists of portraits of two well known Aborigines who have frequently visited Melbourne. The gradual declension of these people must give a singular interest to every faithful record of them. The present engraving was drawn by M. [sic] Chevalier, from daguerreotypes by H. Haselden. This should be N Chevalier [note: the authors are incorrect in their interpretation here, as the M. actually stands for Monsieur!], a reference to Nicholas Chevalier (1828-1902), a Russian-born artist son of Swiss-born Louis Chevalier and his Russian wife, who joined his father and brother Louis in Victoria in early 1855. His artistic talents were used by newly established Melbourne newspapers, such as the Melbourne Punch and the News Letter of Australasia, so he decided to stay in Victoria. Hubert Haselden operated in Melbourne from 1857 to 1858 at the following locations: 107 Elizabeth Street (1857–58); 57 Collins Street East (1857); 234 Bourke Street North (1858). Prussian-born Frederick Grosse engraved illustrations for the newspaper from August 1855. The wood engraving by Grosse is entitled ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal woman, an average type of the native woman of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief and friend of Batman’. Jagga Jagga is a reference to Billibellary, the eminent Wurundjeri-willam ngurungaeta (clan head) (c.1799–1846), one of the signatories [to] John Batman’s 1835 ‘treaty’ with the Melbourne Aborigines. Simon Wonga (b. c.1824) was his eldest son and rightful heir and was recognised as ngurungaeta until his death in 1874; he married a Wathawurrung woman. Presumably the woman pictured beside Simon Wonga in this portrait is his wife, Maria.’ (Maria was photographed at Coranderrk by Charles Walter in 1866).
Full transcription of James Dewar’s letter to his wife:
‘Bendigo, 15 April 1860.
My Dear Wife,
I am Writing John by this Post & enclose you these few lines – I was surprised at not hearing from your self as I wanted much to hear about the children – and wether you were inclined to come out here as I had made arrangements as far as I could do to receive you all – Let them all know now that I am to leave this [country] if spared about a year hence for home & will be glad to hear from you & the children in the meantime. I do think still it would have been far better had you & the children come out as their Prospects would have been better here – however I can say I have done all I could for your sakes & theirs but be assured there are difficulties to be met with here as well as at home – and that all [who] come here do not make fortunes. Now my dear as I am looking ancious forward to meeting you & the children let nothing like [shyness?] be between us but write to me immediately on receipt of this. You can form no idea of the feelings one experience[s] on receiving a letter from home especially from a Wife so far distant – My Dear do make the children add a few lines as I should be so pleased of it. I must bid you adew at Present. I remain your ever affectionate Husband, James F. Dewar.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Geo. Slater, publisher, [between 1857 and 1860]. Lettersheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman.
Slater George publisherview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022:
Lettersheet with an engraving of Simon Wonga and Maria by Grosse, from a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier after a daguerreotype by Hubert Haselden. Sent from Bendigo, April, 1860.
sheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman. From Photographs by Haselden’; the imprint of the Melbourne publisher, George Slater, appears at the foot of the caption; the remainder of the first page and the two inner two pages are occupied by a manuscript letter, dated at Bendigo, 15 April 1860, from James F. Dewar to his wife (presumably in England or Scotland, as the letter’s content suggests); the last page is blank; the lettersheet – as explained by Dewar in his message – was enclosed inside another letter sent to his brother, and so lacks an address; original folds, complete and in fine condition.
The engraving on this rare lettersheet was published (but without the caption) by George Slater as the cover illustration for The Newsletter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857; however, the present version is on a separately issued lettersheet – also published by Slater – of which we have not been able to trace another example. As the present example has a handwritten communication dated 15 April 1860, we tentatively suggest that The Newsletter of Australasia printing was the primary one, and that this otherwise plain lettersheet was a secondary printing of the engraving – with a possible issue date of up to two or three years later than March 1857.
A third usage of the engraving, with the imprint of P. Brown, publisher, 120 Elizabeth Street, Melbourne (printed by Walker, May & Co.) is held in the National Library of Australia (Rex Nan Kivell Collection, NK9844/18.). This appears to be a separately issued engraving (sheet size 9.7 x 14 cm) – not a lettersheet. The NLA example is illustrated in Calling the shots : Aboriginal photographies (Jane Lydon, editor. Canberra : Aboriginal Studies Press, 2014, p 110). When we consider that P. Brown’s business premises in Elizabeth Street were located directly opposite Haselden’s photographic studio in 1857-58 (see below), it seems reasonable to speculate that this fact might argue the case for Brown’s imprint being even earlier than both of Slater’s.
A heavily re-worked version of the same engraving, with the generic caption ‘Natives‘, was pirated for use as one of the vignette illustrations in the chromolithographic souvenir produced in honour of the explorers Burke and Wills, The Melbourne Rose, Part II, which was printed in Hamburg by C. Adler’s Printing Establishment for the London publishers Joseph, Myers & Co., in 1862.
Jane Lydon comments on the image from the Nan Kivell Collection:
‘Like Kilburn a decade earlier, Hubert Haselden used a series of [daguerreotype] portraits of Kulin people to advertise his ‘Daguerrean & Photographic Artists’ Melbourne establishment. As is often the case where daguerreotypes have disappeared, the only surviving portrait from this series comprises an engraving, based on a drawing by Nicholas Chevalier, based on Haselden’s daguerreotype, of Wurundjeri man Simon Wonga, son of Wurundjeri ngurungaeta (leader) Billibellary and his wife Maria.
In 1862 the Illustrated Melbourne Post explained that Wonga had “considerable claims on our notice”, being “the son of of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief, and friend of Batman. The interesting couple will be readily recognised, not only by Melbournites, but by many through the surrounding districts, where Simon and his lubra pay their periodical visits.”
The Indigenous subjects were considered local celebrities, well known to the residents of the settlement and beyond. Wonga, in particular, played a key role in the fortunes of his people during these decades and was of considerable interest to European viewers. There is evidence that Wonga was equally interested in the results of photography: in 1857 he exchanged the nest and egg of a superb lyrebird, known by the Wurundjeri as the Bullan-Bullan, for two photographs – possibly even Haselden’s daguerreotypes….’ (ibid., pp 110-111).
In their essay A Letter Home to Scotland from Warrenheip in April 1857: Insights into Life in a Railway Survey Camp (Victorian Historical Journal, Volume 86, Number 2, December 2015, pp 363-380), Ian Clark and Beth Kicinski provide a discussion of a letter written on an issue of the News Letter of Australasia, number IX, March 1857, which was “discovered” in Scotland in 2012 and is now in Clark’s private collection:
‘On the front page of Issue 9, March 1857, was an illustration of two “Aborigines of Victoria”, with the following text: Our illustration this month consists of portraits of two well known Aborigines who have frequently visited Melbourne. The gradual declension of these people must give a singular interest to every faithful record of them. The present engraving was drawn by M. [sic] Chevalier, from daguerreotypes by H. Haselden. This should be N Chevalier [note: the authors are incorrect in their interpretation here, as the M. actually stands for Monsieur!], a reference to Nicholas Chevalier (1828-1902), a Russian-born artist son of Swiss-born Louis Chevalier and his Russian wife, who joined his father and brother Louis in Victoria in early 1855. His artistic talents were used by newly established Melbourne newspapers, such as the Melbourne Punch and the News Letter of Australasia, so he decided to stay in Victoria. Hubert Haselden operated in Melbourne from 1857 to 1858 at the following locations: 107 Elizabeth Street (1857–58); 57 Collins Street East (1857); 234 Bourke Street North (1858). Prussian-born Frederick Grosse engraved illustrations for the newspaper from August 1855. The wood engraving by Grosse is entitled ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal woman, an average type of the native woman of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip chief and friend of Batman’. Jagga Jagga is a reference to Billibellary, the eminent Wurundjeri-willam ngurungaeta (clan head) (c.1799–1846), one of the signatories [to] John Batman’s 1835 ‘treaty’ with the Melbourne Aborigines. Simon Wonga (b. c.1824) was his eldest son and rightful heir and was recognised as ngurungaeta until his death in 1874; he married a Wathawurrung woman. Presumably the woman pictured beside Simon Wonga in this portrait is his wife, Maria.’ (Maria was photographed at Coranderrk by Charles Walter in 1866).
Full transcription of James Dewar’s letter to his wife:
‘Bendigo, 15 April 1860.
My Dear Wife,
I am Writing John by this Post & enclose you these few lines – I was surprised at not hearing from your self as I wanted much to hear about the children – and wether you were inclined to come out here as I had made arrangements as far as I could do to receive you all – Let them all know now that I am to leave this [country] if spared about a year hence for home & will be glad to hear from you & the children in the meantime. I do think still it would have been far better had you & the children come out as their Prospects would have been better here – however I can say I have done all I could for your sakes & theirs but be assured there are difficulties to be met with here as well as at home – and that all [who] come here do not make fortunes. Now my dear as I am looking ancious forward to meeting you & the children let nothing like [shyness?] be between us but write to me immediately on receipt of this. You can form no idea of the feelings one experience[s] on receiving a letter from home especially from a Wife so far distant – My Dear do make the children add a few lines as I should be so pleased of it. I must bid you adew at Present. I remain your ever affectionate Husband, James F. Dewar.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Geo. Slater, publisher, [between 1857 and 1860]. Lettersheet (268 x 212 mm), [4] pp bifolium, thin paper; wood-engraved illustration at the head of the first page (image size approximately 95 x 150 mm) with the monogram of the artist Nicholas Chevalier in the image bottom left, and the name of the engraver F. Grosse at bottom right; a printed caption beneath the image reads: ‘Portraits of an Aboriginal Woman, an average type of the native women of Victoria, and Simon, the son of Jagga Jagga, the celebrated Port Phillip Chief and friend of Batman.
Kerry Charles (1857-1928)view full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022: An exceptional group of views of the Snowy Mountains taken between 1891 and 1900 by renowned Sydney photographer Charles Kerry, who is sometimes referred to as the “father of Australian skiing” because of his own enthusiasm for and promotion of this form of winter recreation in the late nineteenth century. The photographs include not only some of the most spectacular landscapes of the region but also scenes of skiing, mountain climbing and alluvial gold mining, the establishment of the meteorological observatory on Mount Kosciuszko (December, 1897), and the delivery of the Kiandra mail by a postman on skis and buildings in Kiandra half-buried under snow (August, 1900). The earliest image is probably the last in the album, a view of Yarrangobilly Caves, which Kerry was commissioned to photograph in 1891.
The album was originally owned by Rosalie Harnett, a member of a prominent pioneer grazier family in the Monaro district; indeed, one of the photographs in this album is a view of Harnett’s Lake. (Rosalie herself has a permanent memorial in Cooma: the stained glass east window of St. Paul’s, its subject “The Easter Tomb”, was given to the church by her “for mercies received”). It is not known, of course, whether Rosalie purchased the photographs directly from Kerry’s studio in George Street or from a local agent – perhaps a Cooma merchant, who is likely to have found selling Kerry prints to tourists as souvenirs a lucrative business. Rosalie cherished these views as an impressive visual record of the rugged mountain country of her beloved Monaro, and had them bound in handsome black morocco.
Original prints of Kerry’s Snowy Mountains images are highly sought after and scarce, even as individual examples; but to come across an entire album containing such a substantial group of them – and with a significant local association! – is a rare occurrence.
The caption titles of the photographs in the album are as follows (Kerry’s serial numbers, where legible, have been included):
2515. Snow Bridge, Main Dividing Range; 2518. A Steep Climb, Kosciuszko; 2488. Drifts, Snowy Mountains; 2517. Cootapatamba Lake, Summer; 2493. A Summer Drift, Snowy Mountains; 2473. Cavern in a Snow Drift; [Kerry’s party on horseback]; 2138. Lake, Kosciuszko; 2049. Harnett’s Lake, Snowy Mountains; 2503. The Blue Lake; 2496. Rising Mists, Snowy Mountains; 2510. Establishing the Observatory, Kosciuszko; 2490. Morning Fog, Thredbo Gorge; 2499. Sunset on Kosciuszko; 2359. Her Majesty’s Mail arriving at Kiandra; 2378. The Hotel Kiandra; 2155. A House, Kiandra, August 1900; 2356. View in Kiandra; 2389. Sluicing with the Giant Nozzle, New Chum Mine, Kiandra; 2363. A Wholesale Spill; [Three men on a sled]; 2382. Come to Grief, on Steep Incline; 2387. Icicles 15 ft. long on New Chum Tail Race; 2394. The End, New Chum Tail Race; 2362. Ice, Pheasant Creek, Snowy Mountains; 2375. Icicles in a Snow Cave; 2353. Icicles, Boogong Ranges, Snowy Mountains; 2372. Ti Tree Bushes, Frozen; 2367. Ti Tree Bushes, Frozen; 2391. Frost on an Ice Pool, 2 1/2 Inches High, Temperature 14° below zero; 903. The Rocks, Soda Water Springs, Cooma; 970. Snowy River at Jimenbenan Falls; 928. Fern Gully, Brown Mountain; Snowy River; 914. The Snowy Range from Paurong; [????] Yarrangobilly Cave.

Publishing details: Oblong quarto album (250 x 300 mm), original gilt-ruled black crushed morocco over boards (expertly rebacked to style), all edges gilt; pastedowns and endpapers replaced, with the ownership inscription of the album’s first owner, Rosalie G. Harnett, dated 1908, preserved on a section of the original front endpaper which has been mounted on the new rear pastedown; containing [36] albumen print photographs in uniform format 150 x 205 mm, mounted recto and verso of [18] leaves of thick card, all except two with handwritten caption, serial number and imprint of ‘Kerry Photo. Sydney’ in the negative;
Reilly Virgil Gavan (1892 - 1975)view full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022: Lady Backer (at coursing). Pen and ink on card, 360 x 260 mm (image), captioned lower centre ‘Lady Backer (at coursing) – “If you please I would like to have a shilling on the tin hare’, signed lower left. Framed.
A fine pen and ink by the talented Virgil Reilly, almost certainly drawn for publication in the Sydney magazine Smith’s Weekly where he was employed as staff artist from 1920 – 1950. Virgil’s drawings often featured attractive young women navigating their way through the underworld of Sydney, many of which were compiled in the standalone publication Darlinghurst Nights in 1932.
The sport of coursing in Australia involved greyhounds racing each other with a live rabbit as their prey, the conclusion of the race involving the unfortunate demise of the bunny. In 1927 the ‘tin hare’ mechanism was introduced from the United States, which allowed the hounds to compete without the loss of life. This innovation popularised the sport, resulting on a backlash from conservatives who railed against the proliferation of gambling in working-class Depression-era communities. In Virgil’s wry illustration, the young woman is on to a winner with her wager, as reflected in the expression of the bookmakers – the tin hare always survives to race another day.
Provenance:
Theodore Bruce Auctions, The Etchings of John B Godson & Other Multiples, Sydney, 25/10/2021, Lot No. 6831
Lawsons, Australian and European Paintings, Sydney, 27/07/1999, Lot No. 396

Mutuaga view full entry
Reference: Mutuaga : a nineteenth-century New Guinea master carver. [’An important in-depth study of Mutuaga (c. 1860-1920s), an artist of the Suau district in the Massim cultural area, Milne Bay Province, Papua New Guinea, by the legendary authority on Massim art and culture, Australian philosopher and collector Harry Beran (1935-2021).
Beran identifies Mutuaga as the author of over 80 carvings, some of which have long been regarded as masterpieces of so-called tribal art. The text covers the Massim people, Massim carving styles, problems of stylistic attribution, Mutuaga and his works and the works of his contemporaries.
A rare and highly sought-after publication.’ from Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.’]

Publishing details: Wollongong, NSW : University of Wollongong Press, 1996. Quarto (280 x 205 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, pp xv, 251, with 153 b/w illustrations, map;
Ref: 1000
Davies Wynne W illustratorview full entry
Reference: The man Hamilton, Free Supplement to the Australian Women’s Weekly. Complete book-length novel by Vance Palmer, one of the two novelists who won First Prize in the Centenary Novel Competition. cover illustration by Wynne W. Davies.
Publishing details: NSW : Sydney Newspapers Ltd., [1935]. Folio newspaper (320 x 220 mm), pp 32, text printed in three columns
Ref: 1000
Gilfillan John Gordon (1839-1875), attributedview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022: Lamb Hill, Wanganui. From nearly north east. Wood engraving, 165 x 230 mm (image), 200 x 260 mm (sheet); titled in the image Lamb Hill Wanganui, with subtitle in contemporary manuscript From nearly north east; initialled in the image lower left J.G.G.; light edge wear, else very good condition; unmounted.
An early wood-engraved view of the first Lamb Hill homestead, Warrengate, done around 1865 by John Gordon Gilfillan (1839-1875), son of J. A. (John Alexander) Gilfillan (1793-1864), one of the most important early settlers in the Whanganui district. Lamb Hill was the property of Dr. James Allison, John Gordon Gilfillan’s brother-in-law.
John Gordon Gilfillan’s father, J. A. Gilfillan, was a talented artist who had taught painting at Glasgow’s Andersonian Institute before emigrating to New Zealand with his wife and young family. The Gilfillans arrived in Wellington on Christmas Day 1841, when John Gordon was only two years of age. By the end of the following year J. A. Gilfillan had settled with his family in Whanganui, where he had been allotted 110 acres of arable land by the New Zealand Company in the Matarawa Valley, a short distance from the Whanganui township. He had also been granted a small town section in Guyton Street, on which he built a small thatched house. This was an interim dwelling which the family used while waiting for their farming land to be developed, and it was during this period that J. A. Gilfillan painted numerous scenes in and around Whanganui, as well as several portraits of local Māori chiefs. Many of his sketches and finished paintings from the first phase of European settlement in Whanganui have survived, and provide an important visual record of this time.
Gilfillan had completed the construction of the family’s house on their rural property in the Matarawa Valley by the end of 1845, and it is around this date that he painted the watercolour portrait of his six year old son John Gordon, now held in the Fletcher Trust Collection. In April 1847 the Gilfillan homestead was attacked by a Māori raiding party seeking to avenge one of their young men who had suffered a gunshot wound at the hands of a settler. The homestead was burnt to the ground. J. A. Gilfillan survived the attack, despite being severely wounded in the neck, but his wife and three of his children were massacred. Following this tragic incident, J. A. Gilfillan took his three surviving children – including John Gordon – to Australia, where he worked as an artist in Melbourne until his death in February 1864. John Gordon then returned to New Zealand, where he still had family ties in the Whanganui district due to his older sister Georgianna’s marriage to Dr. James Allison (1817-67) of Lamb Hill (Lambhill). Allison, another important early Whanganui settler, had arrived in 1840. He had named Lamb Hill after his family’s property in Scotland. In 1844 Allison married Georgianna Gilfillan (who had just turned 15), the daughter of J. A. Gilfillan. ‘After a period spent living at Wairau, James and Georgianna moved back to Lamb Hill in 1855 where they built the first of the two Lamb Hill homesteads around 1865. This house was of kahikatea, with severe borer damage requiring its replacement in 1880. The replacement was the same in every respect, and on the same spot. The site, a hill with extensive views, was chosen for fear of Maori attack. The lookout platform on the roof was built for the same reason.’ (Whanganui Government Built Heritage Inventory)
John Gordon Gilfillan is known to have made a small suite of wood engravings of Lamb Hill, probably done in 1865 following his return to Whanganui from Australia. They show the newly built Lamb Hill homestead belonging to his brother-in-law and sister from different angles.
The present engraving is one of only two known examples of this particular view (we have previously handled five otherwise unrecorded views, which included another example of the one offered here). While not the work of a professional artist like his father, John Gordon’s engravings have a charmingly naive quality.
A copy of John Gordon Gilfillan’s journal, containing his account of a journey from Whanganui via Taupo and Tauranga to Rotorua district between February and May 1875, is held in the National Library of New Zealand (the original is held in a private collection). Gilfillan did not return to Whanganui – he drowned in Lake Rotorua in May 1875, before completing his journey. The NLNZ also holds five watercolours which it has tentatively attributed to John Gordon Gilfillan, on the basis that they are in a “more primitive” hand than that of his father (see, for example Maori camp with men cooking).
Reference: Smart, Maxwell J.G. and Bates, Arthur P., The Wanganui story. Wanganui : Wanganui Newspapers Ltd., 1972

Gilfillan J Aview full entry
Reference: see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022: Lamb Hill, Wanganui. From nearly north east. Wood engraving, 165 x 230 mm (image), 200 x 260 mm (sheet); titled in the image Lamb Hill Wanganui, with subtitle in contemporary manuscript From nearly north east; initialled in the image lower left J.G.G.; light edge wear, else very good condition; unmounted.
An early wood-engraved view of the first Lamb Hill homestead, Warrengate, done around 1865 by John Gordon Gilfillan (1839-1875), son of J. A. (John Alexander) Gilfillan (1793-1864), one of the most important early settlers in the Whanganui district. Lamb Hill was the property of Dr. James Allison, John Gordon Gilfillan’s brother-in-law.
John Gordon Gilfillan’s father, J. A. Gilfillan, was a talented artist who had taught painting at Glasgow’s Andersonian Institute before emigrating to New Zealand with his wife and young family. The Gilfillans arrived in Wellington on Christmas Day 1841, when John Gordon was only two years of age. By the end of the following year J. A. Gilfillan had settled with his family in Whanganui, where he had been allotted 110 acres of arable land by the New Zealand Company in the Matarawa Valley, a short distance from the Whanganui township. He had also been granted a small town section in Guyton Street, on which he built a small thatched house. This was an interim dwelling which the family used while waiting for their farming land to be developed, and it was during this period that J. A. Gilfillan painted numerous scenes in and around Whanganui, as well as several portraits of local Māori chiefs. Many of his sketches and finished paintings from the first phase of European settlement in Whanganui have survived, and provide an important visual record of this time.
Gilfillan had completed the construction of the family’s house on their rural property in the Matarawa Valley by the end of 1845, and it is around this date that he painted the watercolour portrait of his six year old son John Gordon, now held in the Fletcher Trust Collection. In April 1847 the Gilfillan homestead was attacked by a Māori raiding party seeking to avenge one of their young men who had suffered a gunshot wound at the hands of a settler. The homestead was burnt to the ground. J. A. Gilfillan survived the attack, despite being severely wounded in the neck, but his wife and three of his children were massacred. Following this tragic incident, J. A. Gilfillan took his three surviving children – including John Gordon – to Australia, where he worked as an artist in Melbourne until his death in February 1864. John Gordon then returned to New Zealand, where he still had family ties in the Whanganui district due to his older sister Georgianna’s marriage to Dr. James Allison (1817-67) of Lamb Hill (Lambhill). Allison, another important early Whanganui settler, had arrived in 1840. He had named Lamb Hill after his family’s property in Scotland. In 1844 Allison married Georgianna Gilfillan (who had just turned 15), the daughter of J. A. Gilfillan. ‘After a period spent living at Wairau, James and Georgianna moved back to Lamb Hill in 1855 where they built the first of the two Lamb Hill homesteads around 1865. This house was of kahikatea, with severe borer damage requiring its replacement in 1880. The replacement was the same in every respect, and on the same spot. The site, a hill with extensive views, was chosen for fear of Maori attack. The lookout platform on the roof was built for the same reason.’ (Whanganui Government Built Heritage Inventory)
John Gordon Gilfillan is known to have made a small suite of wood engravings of Lamb Hill, probably done in 1865 following his return to Whanganui from Australia. They show the newly built Lamb Hill homestead belonging to his brother-in-law and sister from different angles.
The present engraving is one of only two known examples of this particular view (we have previously handled five otherwise unrecorded views, which included another example of the one offered here). While not the work of a professional artist like his father, John Gordon’s engravings have a charmingly naive quality.
A copy of John Gordon Gilfillan’s journal, containing his account of a journey from Whanganui via Taupo and Tauranga to Rotorua district between February and May 1875, is held in the National Library of New Zealand (the original is held in a private collection). Gilfillan did not return to Whanganui – he drowned in Lake Rotorua in May 1875, before completing his journey. The NLNZ also holds five watercolours which it has tentatively attributed to John Gordon Gilfillan, on the basis that they are in a “more primitive” hand than that of his father (see, for example Maori camp with men cooking).
Reference: Smart, Maxwell J.G. and Bates, Arthur P., The Wanganui story. Wanganui : Wanganui Newspapers Ltd., 1972

Kerry Charles attributedview full entry
Reference: Optical lantern readings. Sydney, New South Wales. By a Colonist.
[’A very scarce example of a booklet containing notes to aid in the presentation of a magic lantern slide lecture, or ‘optical lantern reading’.
In this case, a set of fifty glass slides with views of Sydney and environs is described in detail, the text acting as the script for a lecture which could be delivered with the aid of slide projection. The slide subjects include not only well-known Sydney landmarks such as public buildings, scenes around the Harbour, the Botanic Gardens etc., but also less common images such as Anti-Chinese Demonstration, and others from farther afield including Tweed River Warrior; Sandilands Tribe, Clarence River; A Cedar Team, Richmond River; Black, Climbing with Vine Twig; and A Morning’s Bag, River Darling.
The publication can be approximately dated because of an internal reference to the Conference on Federation held in Melbourne in early 1890. (Note that the set also includes a portrait of Sir Henry Parkes, placing “A Colonist” firmly in the pro-Federation camp).
A quick cross-check of a number of the slide titles leads us to believe that Charles Kerry (1857-1928) is likely to have been the photographer of the entire set of fifty images.
This booklet is unrecorded in Australian collections.’ from Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.]
Publishing details: London : Alabaster, Passmore & Sons, [probably 1890-92]. Octavo (215 x 140 mm), original printed green wrappers (detached), lower wrapper with advertisement for 200+ ‘Lantern Readings’ titles, inside front and rear wrappers with advertisements for the Orient Line’s Royal Mail Service between England and Australia and the merchant shipping company Neale & Wilkinson, 28 pp;
Ref: 1000
Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901.view full entry
Reference: Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901. The invitations contained in this album (four mounted on stubs, one on board) are as follows:
[1]. Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth by his Royal Highness The Duke of Cornwall and York. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Celebrations in Melbourne in connection with the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine. Note: This stunning invitation was a collaborative design by Norman Lindsay and John Longstaff.
[2]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honor of the presence of [ ] at a Conversazione in the Exhibition Building on the Evening of Tuesday 7th May 1901, at 8 p.m. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 215 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by G. B. H. Austin.
[3]. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for the Commonwealth of Australia request the honour of the presence of [ ] in the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on Thursday 9th May, 1901, to witness the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth. Edmund Barton, Prime Minister. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine.
[4]. In Celebration of the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia to meet Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cornwall & York. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for Australia have the honor to invite [ ] to an Evening Reception at the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on the 9th May 1901, at 8 o’clock. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Embossed chromolithograph, 230 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by Julian and Howard Ashton.
[5]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Royal Review at Flemington on Friday the 10th of May 1901. Melbourne : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 350 mm. Fine.
A rare album, probably prepared by the Victorian government binder, containing several of the stunningly-designed invitations for various events celebrating the opening of the first Federal parliament in Melbourne. 
The NLA notes: ‘Possibly produced on demand. The same reproductions would be available in each volume but the additional material supplied by the buyer tipped in’. From see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.

Publishing details: [Melbourne : s.n., 1901]. Oblong folio (295 x 395 mm), original red pebbled cloth over boards (scattered light staining) with ornamental gilt borders, upper board lettered in gilt; original silk endpapers, first blank with a gift inscription in ink ‘To Willis from Father, as a present for his 21st Birthday. Canterbury, August 1901’; with [5] original chromolithographed invitations (all unused) bound in; the invitations are all in excellent condition with rich colour,
Ref: 1000
Lindsay Norman view full entry
Reference: see Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901. The invitations contained in this album (four mounted on stubs, one on board) are as follows:
[1]. Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth by his Royal Highness The Duke of Cornwall and York. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Celebrations in Melbourne in connection with the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine. Note: This stunning invitation was a collaborative design by Norman Lindsay and John Longstaff.
[2]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honor of the presence of [ ] at a Conversazione in the Exhibition Building on the Evening of Tuesday 7th May 1901, at 8 p.m. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 215 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by G. B. H. Austin.
[3]. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for the Commonwealth of Australia request the honour of the presence of [ ] in the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on Thursday 9th May, 1901, to witness the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth. Edmund Barton, Prime Minister. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine.
[4]. In Celebration of the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia to meet Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cornwall & York. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for Australia have the honor to invite [ ] to an Evening Reception at the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on the 9th May 1901, at 8 o’clock. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Embossed chromolithograph, 230 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by Julian and Howard Ashton.
[5]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Royal Review at Flemington on Friday the 10th of May 1901. Melbourne : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 350 mm. Fine.
A rare album, probably prepared by the Victorian government binder, containing several of the stunningly-designed invitations for various events celebrating the opening of the first Federal parliament in Melbourne. 
The NLA notes: ‘Possibly produced on demand. The same reproductions would be available in each volume but the additional material supplied by the buyer tipped in’. From see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.

Publishing details: [Melbourne : s.n., 1901]. Oblong folio (295 x 395 mm), original red pebbled cloth over boards (scattered light staining) with ornamental gilt borders, upper board lettered in gilt; original silk endpapers, first blank with a gift inscription in ink ‘To Willis from Father, as a present for his 21st Birthday. Canterbury, August 1901’; with [5] original chromolithographed invitations (all unused) bound in; the invitations are all in excellent condition with rich colour,
Longstaff John view full entry
Reference: see Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901. The invitations contained in this album (four mounted on stubs, one on board) are as follows:
[1]. Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth by his Royal Highness The Duke of Cornwall and York. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Celebrations in Melbourne in connection with the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine. Note: This stunning invitation was a collaborative design by Norman Lindsay and John Longstaff.
[2]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honor of the presence of [ ] at a Conversazione in the Exhibition Building on the Evening of Tuesday 7th May 1901, at 8 p.m. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 215 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by G. B. H. Austin.
[3]. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for the Commonwealth of Australia request the honour of the presence of [ ] in the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on Thursday 9th May, 1901, to witness the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth. Edmund Barton, Prime Minister. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine.
[4]. In Celebration of the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia to meet Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cornwall & York. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for Australia have the honor to invite [ ] to an Evening Reception at the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on the 9th May 1901, at 8 o’clock. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Embossed chromolithograph, 230 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by Julian and Howard Ashton.
[5]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Royal Review at Flemington on Friday the 10th of May 1901. Melbourne : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 350 mm. Fine.
A rare album, probably prepared by the Victorian government binder, containing several of the stunningly-designed invitations for various events celebrating the opening of the first Federal parliament in Melbourne. 
The NLA notes: ‘Possibly produced on demand. The same reproductions would be available in each volume but the additional material supplied by the buyer tipped in’. From see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.

Publishing details: [Melbourne : s.n., 1901]. Oblong folio (295 x 395 mm), original red pebbled cloth over boards (scattered light staining) with ornamental gilt borders, upper board lettered in gilt; original silk endpapers, first blank with a gift inscription in ink ‘To Willis from Father, as a present for his 21st Birthday. Canterbury, August 1901’; with [5] original chromolithographed invitations (all unused) bound in; the invitations are all in excellent condition with rich colour,
Austin G B H designerview full entry
Reference: see Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901. The invitations contained in this album (four mounted on stubs, one on board) are as follows:
[1]. Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth by his Royal Highness The Duke of Cornwall and York. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Celebrations in Melbourne in connection with the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine. Note: This stunning invitation was a collaborative design by Norman Lindsay and John Longstaff.
[2]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honor of the presence of [ ] at a Conversazione in the Exhibition Building on the Evening of Tuesday 7th May 1901, at 8 p.m. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 215 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by G. B. H. Austin.
[3]. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for the Commonwealth of Australia request the honour of the presence of [ ] in the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on Thursday 9th May, 1901, to witness the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth. Edmund Barton, Prime Minister. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine.
[4]. In Celebration of the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia to meet Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cornwall & York. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for Australia have the honor to invite [ ] to an Evening Reception at the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on the 9th May 1901, at 8 o’clock. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Embossed chromolithograph, 230 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by Julian and Howard Ashton.
[5]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Royal Review at Flemington on Friday the 10th of May 1901. Melbourne : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 350 mm. Fine.
A rare album, probably prepared by the Victorian government binder, containing several of the stunningly-designed invitations for various events celebrating the opening of the first Federal parliament in Melbourne. 
The NLA notes: ‘Possibly produced on demand. The same reproductions would be available in each volume but the additional material supplied by the buyer tipped in’. From see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.

Publishing details: [Melbourne : s.n., 1901]. Oblong folio (295 x 395 mm), original red pebbled cloth over boards (scattered light staining) with ornamental gilt borders, upper board lettered in gilt; original silk endpapers, first blank with a gift inscription in ink ‘To Willis from Father, as a present for his 21st Birthday. Canterbury, August 1901’; with [5] original chromolithographed invitations (all unused) bound in; the invitations are all in excellent condition with rich colour,
Ashton Julian and Howard designersview full entry
Reference: see Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901. The invitations contained in this album (four mounted on stubs, one on board) are as follows:
[1]. Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth by his Royal Highness The Duke of Cornwall and York. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Celebrations in Melbourne in connection with the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine. Note: This stunning invitation was a collaborative design by Norman Lindsay and John Longstaff.
[2]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honor of the presence of [ ] at a Conversazione in the Exhibition Building on the Evening of Tuesday 7th May 1901, at 8 p.m. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 215 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by G. B. H. Austin.
[3]. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for the Commonwealth of Australia request the honour of the presence of [ ] in the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on Thursday 9th May, 1901, to witness the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth. Edmund Barton, Prime Minister. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine.
[4]. In Celebration of the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia to meet Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cornwall & York. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for Australia have the honor to invite [ ] to an Evening Reception at the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on the 9th May 1901, at 8 o’clock. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Embossed chromolithograph, 230 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by Julian and Howard Ashton.
[5]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Royal Review at Flemington on Friday the 10th of May 1901. Melbourne : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 350 mm. Fine.
A rare album, probably prepared by the Victorian government binder, containing several of the stunningly-designed invitations for various events celebrating the opening of the first Federal parliament in Melbourne. 
The NLA notes: ‘Possibly produced on demand. The same reproductions would be available in each volume but the additional material supplied by the buyer tipped in’. From see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.

Publishing details: [Melbourne : s.n., 1901]. Oblong folio (295 x 395 mm), original red pebbled cloth over boards (scattered light staining) with ornamental gilt borders, upper board lettered in gilt; original silk endpapers, first blank with a gift inscription in ink ‘To Willis from Father, as a present for his 21st Birthday. Canterbury, August 1901’; with [5] original chromolithographed invitations (all unused) bound in; the invitations are all in excellent condition with rich colour,
Ashton Howard and Julian designersview full entry
Reference: see Commonwealth Celebrations. Souvenir invitation cards. Victoria. May 1901. The invitations contained in this album (four mounted on stubs, one on board) are as follows:
[1]. Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth by his Royal Highness The Duke of Cornwall and York. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Celebrations in Melbourne in connection with the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine. Note: This stunning invitation was a collaborative design by Norman Lindsay and John Longstaff.
[2]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honor of the presence of [ ] at a Conversazione in the Exhibition Building on the Evening of Tuesday 7th May 1901, at 8 p.m. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 215 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by G. B. H. Austin.
[3]. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for the Commonwealth of Australia request the honour of the presence of [ ] in the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on Thursday 9th May, 1901, to witness the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth. Edmund Barton, Prime Minister. [Melbourne] : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 360 mm. Fine.
[4]. In Celebration of the Opening of the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia to meet Their Royal Highnesses the Duke and Duchess of Cornwall & York. His Majesty’s Ministers of State for Australia have the honor to invite [ ] to an Evening Reception at the Exhibition Building, Melbourne, on the 9th May 1901, at 8 o’clock. [Melbourne : s.n., 1900]. Embossed chromolithograph, 230 x 290 mm. Fine. This invitation was designed by Julian and Howard Ashton.
[5]. Australian Commonwealth Celebrations. The Government of Victoria requests the honour of the presence of [ ] at the Royal Review at Flemington on Friday the 10th of May 1901. Melbourne : Sands & McDougall, [1900]. Chromolithograph printed, 290 x 350 mm. Fine.
A rare album, probably prepared by the Victorian government binder, containing several of the stunningly-designed invitations for various events celebrating the opening of the first Federal parliament in Melbourne. 
The NLA notes: ‘Possibly produced on demand. The same reproductions would be available in each volume but the additional material supplied by the buyer tipped in’. From see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022.

Publishing details: [Melbourne : s.n., 1901]. Oblong folio (295 x 395 mm), original red pebbled cloth over boards (scattered light staining) with ornamental gilt borders, upper board lettered in gilt; original silk endpapers, first blank with a gift inscription in ink ‘To Willis from Father, as a present for his 21st Birthday. Canterbury, August 1901’; with [5] original chromolithographed invitations (all unused) bound in; the invitations are all in excellent condition with rich colour,
Massim Artview full entry
Reference: Massim Art - An exhibition of art of the Massim region of Papua New Guinea from private collections in New South Wales and Canberra, assembled, introduced and annotated, Harry Beran ; photographed, Radomir Joura, with many b/w photographic illustrations, maps, an introductory essay by Harry Beran
Publishing details: Wollongong City Gallery, 1980. Oblong quarto (210 x 295 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, staple bound; 48 pp,
Ref: 1000
New Guinea artview full entry
Reference: see Massim Art - An exhibition of art of the Massim region of Papua New Guinea from private collections in New South Wales and Canberra, assembled, introduced and annotated, Harry Beran ; photographed, Radomir Joura, with many b/w photographic illustrations, maps, an introductory essay by Harry Beran
Publishing details: Wollongong City Gallery, 1980. Oblong quarto (210 x 295 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, staple bound; 48 pp,
Joura Radomir photographsview full entry
Reference: see Massim Art - An exhibition of art of the Massim region of Papua New Guinea from private collections in New South Wales and Canberra, assembled, introduced and annotated, Harry Beran ; photographed, Radomir Joura, with many b/w photographic illustrations, maps, an introductory essay by Harry Beran
Publishing details: Wollongong City Gallery, 1980. Oblong quarto (210 x 295 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, staple bound; 48 pp,
Taim Bipoview full entry
Reference: Taim Bipo : the disappearing traditions and practices of Papua New Guinea as seen through the eyes of young Sogeri artists.
Publishing details: Sogeri, PNG : Sogeri National High School, 1988. Square quarto (260 x 250 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, 182 pp, with b/w line-drawn illustrations by Sogeri child artists
Ref: 1000
Sogeri artistsview full entry
Reference: see Taim Bipo : the disappearing traditions and practices of Papua New Guinea as seen through the eyes of young Sogeri artists.
Publishing details: Sogeri, PNG : Sogeri National High School, 1988. Square quarto (260 x 250 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, 182 pp, with b/w line-drawn illustrations by Sogeri child artists
New Guinea child artistsview full entry
Reference: see Taim Bipo : the disappearing traditions and practices of Papua New Guinea as seen through the eyes of young Sogeri artists.
Publishing details: Sogeri, PNG : Sogeri National High School, 1988. Square quarto (260 x 250 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, 182 pp, with b/w line-drawn illustrations by Sogeri child artists
Sakema - Gogodala wood carvers

view full entry
Reference: Sakema - Gogodala wood carvers,
Publishing details: Port Moresby, PNG : National Cultural Council : Distributed by Robert Brown and Associates, 1975. Quarto (285 x 210 mm), stiff pictorial wrappers, pp [2], [36], illustrated with 71 captioned b/w photographic plates, map
Ref: 1000
New Guinea artview full entry
Reference: Sakema - Gogodala wood carvers,
Publishing details: Port Moresby, PNG : National Cultural Council : Distributed by Robert Brown and Associates, 1975. Quarto (285 x 210 mm), stiff pictorial wrappers, pp [2], [36], illustrated with 71 captioned b/w photographic plates, map
Gogodala wood carvers
view full entry
Reference: Sakema - Gogodala wood carvers,
Publishing details: Port Moresby, PNG : National Cultural Council : Distributed by Robert Brown and Associates, 1975. Quarto (285 x 210 mm), stiff pictorial wrappers, pp [2], [36], illustrated with 71 captioned b/w photographic plates, map
Clifford Samuelview full entry
Reference: Hobart Town, the capital of Tasmania. [Title from printed caption below image]. Wood-engraved panorama, 195 x 550 mm (sheet); no engraver’s details; central vertical fold with light foxing, else very good.
This engraved view was removed (by a previous owner) from a copy of the April 4 1868 edition of the Illustrated London News, in which the panorama was one of the illustrations that accompanied a report on the Duke of Edinburgh’s Tasmanian visit. The same original double-page contained another engraving (of identical dimensions), Regatta at Hobart Town, Tasmania, in honour of the visit of H.R.H. the Duke of Edinburgh. Both prints, on the same sheet, are held in the National Library of Australia (Rex Nan Kivell Collection, NK11760/55 and NK11760/56).
Hobart Town, the capital of Tasmania appears to be after a two-part panorama of Hobart from Lime Kiln Hill taken by photographer Samuel Clifford, titled Hobart Town from the North West (National Archives, UK).
see Douglas Stewart Fine Books, New Acquisitions email, February, 2022:
Sydney (photographs c1920)view full entry
Reference: Sydney, illustrated, with [24] leaves of sepia tone photogravure views of Sydney and the Harbour, including George Street, Pitt Street, King Street, Martin Place, Art Gallery, St. Andrew’s Cathedral, Town Hall, G.P.O., Botanical Gardens, Circular Quay, Conservatorium, Farm Cove, South Head, Neutral Bay, Mosman’s Bay, Manly Beach, Watson’s Bay, Coogee, Bondi Beach, and Sutherland National Park;
Publishing details: Sydney, NSW : Samuel Wood, [circa 1920]. Oblong octavo (125 x 200 mm), publisher’s brown card wrappers with embossed lettering to front,
Ref: 1000
Wood Samuel (publisher)view full entry
Reference: see Sydney, illustrated, with [24] leaves of sepia tone photogravure views of Sydney and the Harbour, including George Street, Pitt Street, King Street, Martin Place, Art Gallery, St. Andrew’s Cathedral, Town Hall, G.P.O., Botanical Gardens, Circular Quay, Conservatorium, Farm Cove, South Head, Neutral Bay, Mosman’s Bay, Manly Beach, Watson’s Bay, Coogee, Bondi Beach, and Sutherland National Park;
Publishing details: Sydney, NSW : Samuel Wood, [circa 1920]. Oblong octavo (125 x 200 mm), publisher’s brown card wrappers with embossed lettering to front,
Simbai Kua (illustrator)view full entry
Reference: Mother and son, colour illustrated throughout (including inside wrappers)

Publishing details: Western Province / Legends of Papua New Guinea Series / retold by Dianne McInnes / illustrations Kua Simbai. Cover: Long taim Bipo Stori. Coorparoo, Qld. : Robert Brown & Associates, [1995]. Octavo (210 x 145 mm), pictorial stiff wrappers, 16 pp,
Ref: 1000
Bardas Sandra and David collectionview full entry
Reference: see The Coppin Grove collection of Sandra and David Bardas / David Bardas [and Jenny Zimmer ; with an introduction by Gerard Vaughn]. [’This comprehensively illustrated volume tells the story of two people - Sandra Bardas (nee Smorgon) and David Bardas - who inherited from their parents a deep appreciation of the visual arts and were convinced of the importance of having art around them in the family home. They did not set out to form a collection but now, half a century later, that is undoubtedly what it is. The artworks they bought, usually by mutual consent and with great enthusiasm, were acquired from local galleries or discovered while on business trips abroad. Today they form a fascinating assemblage featuring many important works by European modernists from the Post Impressionists to the School of Paris. Represented are artists such as Cezanne, Picasso, Braque, Signac, Derain, Bonnard, Leger and Vlaminck. Australian artists in the collection include John Brack, John Olsen, Brett Whiteley, Arthur Boyd and Sidney Nolan - and others of the next generation with whom Sandra Bardas studied at art school in the late 1950s. Somewhat unusually, the collection also reflects a strong interest in sculpture, with works by Europeans Pino Conte, Jacques Lipchitz and Auguste Rodin as well as the Australians Brett Whiteley, George Baldessin, Tony Pryor, Gus Dall'Ava and Bruce Armstrong. Apart from showcasing the collection, this book offers intriguing insights into a family's dedication to lives lived in the presence of objects evidencing human creativity and the joy they bring.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan, 2011.
176 p. : ill. (some col.), ports. ; 32 x 26 cm
Hurley Frank and othersview full entry
Reference: From the Australian front - schrapnel and smiles, illustrated. Photographs from the Western Front by Frank Hurley and others, including the Somme and Ypres, illustrated wrappers by Fred Leist
Publishing details: London : Cassell, 1917. Quarto, pp. 128,
Ref: 1000
Leist Fred cover illustrationview full entry
Reference: From the Australian front - schrapnel and smiles, illustrated. Photographs from the Western Front by Frank Hurley and others, including the Somme and Ypres, illustrated wrappers by Fred Leist
Publishing details: London : Cassell, 1917. Quarto, pp. 128,
Halpern Stacha printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Dawson Janet printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Smart Jeffrey printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hick Jacqueline printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Aldor Christine printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Bannon Charles printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Dallwitz David printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Seidel Brian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
MacFarlane Pamela printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Schepers Karin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Cilento Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kempf Franz printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Olley Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hatch Brian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rigby John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Grey-Smith Guy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kahan Louis printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Moore Mary printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Stannage Miriam printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Gibbons Tom printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Grey-Smith Helen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wallace-Crabbe Robin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wicks Arthur printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mann Gillian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Herel Petr printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Schmeisser Jorg printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hinder Frank printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Coburn John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rooney Elizabeth printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Allen Joyce printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hodgkinson Frank printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ewins Rod printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Barwell Geoff printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rosengrave Harry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hood Kenneth printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
McGilchrist Erica printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Adams Tate printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Brash Barbara printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Whisson Ken printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Stein Guenter printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Bizley Roy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Macqueen Mary printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Clifton Nancy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Reddington Charles printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Thorpe Lesbia printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Counihan Noel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Senbergs Jan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
King Grahame printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Bilu Asher printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Brack John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Crooke Ray printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rooney Robert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Baldessin George printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Cleghorn Tom printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ostoja-Kotkowski Stanislaus printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Robinson John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Stringer John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Palmer Ethleen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ogilvie Helen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Edwards Ron printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Blackman Charles printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Cant James printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Burns Peter printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Dalgarno Roy printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Burke Frances Fabrics printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Glass Raymond printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
David Allen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Thompson Roma printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Williams Fred printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Neeson John P printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Dent John printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Clutterbuck Jock printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Moynihan Daniel printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Leti Bruno printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wee Tak Kok printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Shomaly Alberr printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hjorth Noela printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Mantzaris Diane printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kelly William printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Gerner Philip printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Pugh Clifton Studio printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Tucker Albert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
French Leonard printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Drysdale Russell printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Original Graphics publisher of printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kemp Roger printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Looby Keith printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rees Lloyd printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Genis Fred printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Storrier Tim printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Port Jackson Press printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
McNeilage Ian printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Graham Anne Marie printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ball Sydney printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Worth Margaret printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Leach-Jones Alun printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Dumbrell Lesley printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wright Normana printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Hardy Cecil printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Harper Melinda printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Leveson Sandra printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Rudyard Carol printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Riddell Alan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Jacks Robert printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Johnson Tim printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Larter Richard printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Sharp Martin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Shead Garry printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Latimer Bruce printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
McBurnie Ron printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Brown Mike printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Robinson Sally printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Powditch Peter printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Davila Juan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Killen Virginia printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Orchard Ken printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Worstead Paul printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Murray-White Clive printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Phoenix Frances (Budden) printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Budden Phoenix Frances printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Burns Tim printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Kossatz Les printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Jones-Roberts Gareth printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Lawton Tina printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Lyons Trevor printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Coleing Tony printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Loane John printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Victorian Print Workshop printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Amor Rick printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Sansom Gareth printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Gittoes George printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Wei Guan printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Genis Graphics printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Zulumovski Vera printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Nedelkopoulos Nicholas printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Young Bill printerview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Zofrea Salvatore printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Faggioni Giorgio printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Groblicka Lidia printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Valamanesh Hossein printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Eager Helen printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Binns Vivienne printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Watson Jenny printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Ely Bonita printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Lohse Kate printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Klein Deborah printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
McDiarmid David printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Moore Ross printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Arnold Raymond printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Experimental Art Foundation view full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Sutinen Asko printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Arbuz Mark printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Little Colin printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Earthworks Poster Collective printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Robertson Toni printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Danko Aleks printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.
Debenham Pam printsview full entry
Reference: see Printed images by Australian Artists 1942 — 2020. The third and final volume in curator Roger Butler’s comprehensive survey of printmaking in Australia. Includes Bibliography and Index. Includes information on artists within text.
[’Printed: Images by Australian artists 1942 — 2020 traces the history of printmaking by Australian artists during an era of dramatic changes in Australian society and the visual arts. Arranged in three sections, it begins with the innovative wartime policy initiatives of the Commonwealth. Reconstruction Scheme which laid the groundwork for crucial development in the arts. In this period emigre artists and Australian artists returning home helped established printmaking societies, art galleries and publishers — which underpinned the growing popularity of this most democratic of art forms.
The second section explores the rise of political and social posters, which became one of the most dynamic forms of print practice in the 1970s and 1980s, and prints by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artists which have been at the forefront of Australian art since the 1970s. The book’s final section discusses the continuing responses by printmakers to key concerns of our time, focusing on the themes of land and identity..]
Publishing details: National Gallery of Australia, 2021. Quarto, illustrated boards in dustjacket, pp. xvi; 416, extensively illustrated.


First | Previous | Record 142,251 – 143,250 of 1,000